blob: d6535e9f8cf61eee0d6c87e1df063ec6de759807 [file] [log] [blame]
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001//===--- ASTContext.cpp - Context to hold long-lived AST nodes ------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner5b12ab82007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements the ASTContext interface.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +000015#include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
Steve Naroff67391b82007-10-01 19:00:59 +000017#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Douglas Gregorded2d7b2009-02-04 19:02:06 +000018#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +000019#include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +000020#include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +000021#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +000022#include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +000023#include "clang/AST/ASTMutationListener.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000024#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +000025#include "clang/AST/Mangle.h"
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +000026#include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
Chris Lattnerd2868512009-03-28 03:45:20 +000027#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Chris Lattner4dc8a6f2007-05-20 23:50:58 +000028#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000029#include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +000030#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +000031#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +000032#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +000033#include "CXXABI.h"
Anders Carlssona4267a62009-07-18 21:19:52 +000034
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +000035using namespace clang;
36
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +000037unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructors;
38unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +000039unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructors;
40unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +000041unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators;
42unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared;
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +000043unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructors;
44unsigned ASTContext::NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared;
45
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +000046enum FloatingRank {
47 FloatRank, DoubleRank, LongDoubleRank
48};
49
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000050void
51ASTContext::CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID,
52 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Parm) {
53 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getDepth());
54 ID.AddInteger(Parm->getPosition());
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +000055 ID.AddBoolean(Parm->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000056
57 TemplateParameterList *Params = Parm->getTemplateParameters();
58 ID.AddInteger(Params->size());
59 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
60 PEnd = Params->end();
61 P != PEnd; ++P) {
62 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P)) {
63 ID.AddInteger(0);
64 ID.AddBoolean(TTP->isParameterPack());
65 continue;
66 }
67
68 if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
69 ID.AddInteger(1);
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +000070 ID.AddBoolean(NTTP->isParameterPack());
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000071 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getType().getAsOpaquePtr());
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +000072 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
73 ID.AddBoolean(true);
74 ID.AddInteger(NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes());
75 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I)
76 ID.AddPointer(NTTP->getExpansionType(I).getAsOpaquePtr());
77 } else
78 ID.AddBoolean(false);
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000079 continue;
80 }
81
82 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP = cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P);
83 ID.AddInteger(2);
84 Profile(ID, TTP);
85 }
86}
87
88TemplateTemplateParmDecl *
89ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +000090 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP) const {
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +000091 // Check if we already have a canonical template template parameter.
92 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
93 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm::Profile(ID, TTP);
94 void *InsertPos = 0;
95 CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm *Canonical
96 = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
97 if (Canonical)
98 return Canonical->getParam();
99
100 // Build a canonical template parameter list.
101 TemplateParameterList *Params = TTP->getTemplateParameters();
102 llvm::SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> CanonParams;
103 CanonParams.reserve(Params->size());
104 for (TemplateParameterList::const_iterator P = Params->begin(),
105 PEnd = Params->end();
106 P != PEnd; ++P) {
107 if (TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTP = dyn_cast<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(*P))
108 CanonParams.push_back(
109 TemplateTypeParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnarab3185b02011-03-06 15:48:19 +0000110 SourceLocation(),
111 SourceLocation(),
112 TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000113 TTP->getIndex(), 0, false,
114 TTP->isParameterPack()));
115 else if (NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *NTTP
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000116 = dyn_cast<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(*P)) {
117 QualType T = getCanonicalType(NTTP->getType());
118 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
119 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param;
120 if (NTTP->isExpandedParameterPack()) {
121 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 2> ExpandedTypes;
122 llvm::SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 2> ExpandedTInfos;
123 for (unsigned I = 0, N = NTTP->getNumExpansionTypes(); I != N; ++I) {
124 ExpandedTypes.push_back(getCanonicalType(NTTP->getExpansionType(I)));
125 ExpandedTInfos.push_back(
126 getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ExpandedTypes.back()));
127 }
128
129 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000130 SourceLocation(),
131 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000132 NTTP->getDepth(),
133 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
134 T,
135 TInfo,
136 ExpandedTypes.data(),
137 ExpandedTypes.size(),
138 ExpandedTInfos.data());
139 } else {
140 Param = NonTypeTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +0000141 SourceLocation(),
142 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +0000143 NTTP->getDepth(),
144 NTTP->getPosition(), 0,
145 T,
146 NTTP->isParameterPack(),
147 TInfo);
148 }
149 CanonParams.push_back(Param);
150
151 } else
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000152 CanonParams.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(
153 cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(*P)));
154 }
155
156 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonTTP
157 = TemplateTemplateParmDecl::Create(*this, getTranslationUnitDecl(),
158 SourceLocation(), TTP->getDepth(),
Douglas Gregorf5500772011-01-05 15:48:55 +0000159 TTP->getPosition(),
160 TTP->isParameterPack(),
161 0,
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +0000162 TemplateParameterList::Create(*this, SourceLocation(),
163 SourceLocation(),
164 CanonParams.data(),
165 CanonParams.size(),
166 SourceLocation()));
167
168 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
169 Canonical = CanonTemplateTemplateParms.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
170 assert(Canonical == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!");
171 (void)Canonical;
172
173 // Create the canonical template template parameter entry.
174 Canonical = new (*this) CanonicalTemplateTemplateParm(CanonTTP);
175 CanonTemplateTemplateParms.InsertNode(Canonical, InsertPos);
176 return CanonTTP;
177}
178
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000179CXXABI *ASTContext::createCXXABI(const TargetInfo &T) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000180 if (!LangOpts.CPlusPlus) return 0;
181
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000182 switch (T.getCXXABI()) {
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000183 case CXXABI_ARM:
184 return CreateARMCXXABI(*this);
185 case CXXABI_Itanium:
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000186 return CreateItaniumCXXABI(*this);
Charles Davis6bcb07a2010-08-19 02:18:14 +0000187 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
188 return CreateMicrosoftCXXABI(*this);
189 }
John McCall86353412010-08-21 22:46:04 +0000190 return 0;
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000191}
192
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000193static const LangAS::Map &getAddressSpaceMap(const TargetInfo &T,
194 const LangOptions &LOpts) {
195 if (LOpts.FakeAddressSpaceMap) {
196 // The fake address space map must have a distinct entry for each
197 // language-specific address space.
198 static const unsigned FakeAddrSpaceMap[] = {
199 1, // opencl_global
200 2, // opencl_local
201 3 // opencl_constant
202 };
203 return FakeAddrSpaceMap;
204 } else {
205 return T.getAddressSpaceMap();
206 }
207}
208
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +0000209ASTContext::ASTContext(const LangOptions& LOpts, SourceManager &SM,
Daniel Dunbar1b444192009-11-13 05:51:54 +0000210 const TargetInfo &t,
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000211 IdentifierTable &idents, SelectorTable &sels,
Chris Lattner15ba9492009-06-14 01:54:56 +0000212 Builtin::Context &builtins,
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000213 unsigned size_reserve) :
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +0000214 FunctionProtoTypes(this_()),
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +0000215 TemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
216 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes(this_()),
Argyrios Kyrtzidise862cbc2010-07-04 21:44:19 +0000217 GlobalNestedNameSpecifier(0), IsInt128Installed(false),
218 CFConstantStringTypeDecl(0), NSConstantStringTypeDecl(0),
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +0000219 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl(0), FILEDecl(0), jmp_bufDecl(0),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +0000220 sigjmp_bufDecl(0), BlockDescriptorType(0), BlockDescriptorExtendedType(0),
Peter Collingbourne9e2c81f2011-02-09 21:04:32 +0000221 cudaConfigureCallDecl(0),
John McCall8cb7bdf2010-06-04 23:28:52 +0000222 NullTypeSourceInfo(QualType()),
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000223 SourceMgr(SM), LangOpts(LOpts), ABI(createCXXABI(t)),
224 AddrSpaceMap(getAddressSpaceMap(t, LOpts)), Target(t),
Douglas Gregorc6d5edd2009-07-02 17:08:52 +0000225 Idents(idents), Selectors(sels),
Ted Kremenek6aead3a2010-05-10 20:40:08 +0000226 BuiltinInfo(builtins),
227 DeclarationNames(*this),
Argyrios Kyrtzidis440ea322010-10-28 09:29:35 +0000228 ExternalSource(0), Listener(0), PrintingPolicy(LOpts),
Ted Kremenek520f47b2010-06-18 00:31:04 +0000229 LastSDM(0, 0),
John McCall147d0212011-02-22 22:38:33 +0000230 UniqueBlockByRefTypeID(0) {
David Chisnall9f57c292009-08-17 16:35:33 +0000231 ObjCIdRedefinitionType = QualType();
232 ObjCClassRedefinitionType = QualType();
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000233 ObjCSelRedefinitionType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000234 if (size_reserve > 0) Types.reserve(size_reserve);
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000235 TUDecl = TranslationUnitDecl::Create(*this);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000236 InitBuiltinTypes();
Daniel Dunbar221fa942008-08-11 04:54:23 +0000237}
238
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000239ASTContext::~ASTContext() {
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000240 // Release the DenseMaps associated with DeclContext objects.
241 // FIXME: Is this the ideal solution?
242 ReleaseDeclContextMaps();
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000243
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000244 // Call all of the deallocation functions.
245 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Deallocations.size(); I != N; ++I)
246 Deallocations[I].first(Deallocations[I].second);
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000247
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000248 // Release all of the memory associated with overridden C++ methods.
249 for (llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::iterator
250 OM = OverriddenMethods.begin(), OMEnd = OverriddenMethods.end();
251 OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
252 OM->second.Destroy();
Ted Kremenekda4e0d32010-02-11 07:12:28 +0000253
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000254 // ASTRecordLayout objects in ASTRecordLayouts must always be destroyed
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000255 // because they can contain DenseMaps.
256 for (llvm::DenseMap<const ObjCContainerDecl*,
257 const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
258 I = ObjCLayouts.begin(), E = ObjCLayouts.end(); I != E; )
259 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
260 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
261 R->Destroy(*this);
262
Ted Kremenek076baeb2010-06-08 23:00:58 +0000263 for (llvm::DenseMap<const RecordDecl*, const ASTRecordLayout*>::iterator
264 I = ASTRecordLayouts.begin(), E = ASTRecordLayouts.end(); I != E; ) {
265 // Increment in loop to prevent using deallocated memory.
266 if (ASTRecordLayout *R = const_cast<ASTRecordLayout*>((I++)->second))
267 R->Destroy(*this);
268 }
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000269
270 for (llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator A = DeclAttrs.begin(),
271 AEnd = DeclAttrs.end();
272 A != AEnd; ++A)
273 A->second->~AttrVec();
274}
Douglas Gregorf21eb492009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000275
Douglas Gregor1a809332010-05-23 18:26:36 +0000276void ASTContext::AddDeallocation(void (*Callback)(void*), void *Data) {
277 Deallocations.push_back(std::make_pair(Callback, Data));
278}
279
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000280void
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000281ASTContext::setExternalSource(llvm::OwningPtr<ExternalASTSource> &Source) {
282 ExternalSource.reset(Source.take());
283}
284
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000285void ASTContext::PrintStats() const {
286 fprintf(stderr, "*** AST Context Stats:\n");
287 fprintf(stderr, " %d types total.\n", (int)Types.size());
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +0000288
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000289 unsigned counts[] = {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000290#define TYPE(Name, Parent) 0,
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000291#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
292#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
293 0 // Extra
294 };
Douglas Gregorb1fe2c92009-04-07 17:20:56 +0000295
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000296 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Types.size(); i != e; ++i) {
297 Type *T = Types[i];
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000298 counts[(unsigned)T->getTypeClass()]++;
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000299 }
300
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000301 unsigned Idx = 0;
302 unsigned TotalBytes = 0;
303#define TYPE(Name, Parent) \
304 if (counts[Idx]) \
305 fprintf(stderr, " %d %s types\n", (int)counts[Idx], #Name); \
306 TotalBytes += counts[Idx] * sizeof(Name##Type); \
307 ++Idx;
308#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Name, Parent)
309#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000310
Douglas Gregora30d0462009-05-26 14:40:08 +0000311 fprintf(stderr, "Total bytes = %d\n", int(TotalBytes));
Douglas Gregor747eb782010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000312
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000313 // Implicit special member functions.
Douglas Gregor9672f922010-07-03 00:47:00 +0000314 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit default constructors created\n",
315 NumImplicitDefaultConstructorsDeclared,
316 NumImplicitDefaultConstructors);
Douglas Gregora6d69502010-07-02 23:41:54 +0000317 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy constructors created\n",
318 NumImplicitCopyConstructorsDeclared,
319 NumImplicitCopyConstructors);
Douglas Gregor330b9cf2010-07-02 21:50:04 +0000320 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit copy assignment operators created\n",
321 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperatorsDeclared,
322 NumImplicitCopyAssignmentOperators);
Douglas Gregor7454c562010-07-02 20:37:36 +0000323 fprintf(stderr, " %u/%u implicit destructors created\n",
324 NumImplicitDestructorsDeclared, NumImplicitDestructors);
325
Douglas Gregoref84c4b2009-04-09 22:27:44 +0000326 if (ExternalSource.get()) {
327 fprintf(stderr, "\n");
328 ExternalSource->PrintStats();
329 }
Douglas Gregor747eb782010-07-08 06:14:04 +0000330
Douglas Gregor5b11d492010-07-25 17:53:33 +0000331 BumpAlloc.PrintStats();
Chris Lattner4eb445d2007-01-26 01:27:23 +0000332}
333
334
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000335void ASTContext::InitBuiltinType(CanQualType &R, BuiltinType::Kind K) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000336 BuiltinType *Ty = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BuiltinType(K);
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +0000337 R = CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(QualType(Ty, 0));
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +0000338 Types.push_back(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +0000339}
340
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000341void ASTContext::InitBuiltinTypes() {
342 assert(VoidTy.isNull() && "Context reinitialized?");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000343
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000344 // C99 6.2.5p19.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000345 InitBuiltinType(VoidTy, BuiltinType::Void);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000346
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000347 // C99 6.2.5p2.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000348 InitBuiltinType(BoolTy, BuiltinType::Bool);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000349 // C99 6.2.5p3.
Eli Friedman9ffd4a92009-06-05 07:05:05 +0000350 if (LangOpts.CharIsSigned)
Chris Lattnerb16f4552007-06-03 07:25:34 +0000351 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_S);
352 else
353 InitBuiltinType(CharTy, BuiltinType::Char_U);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000354 // C99 6.2.5p4.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000355 InitBuiltinType(SignedCharTy, BuiltinType::SChar);
356 InitBuiltinType(ShortTy, BuiltinType::Short);
357 InitBuiltinType(IntTy, BuiltinType::Int);
358 InitBuiltinType(LongTy, BuiltinType::Long);
359 InitBuiltinType(LongLongTy, BuiltinType::LongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000360
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000361 // C99 6.2.5p6.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000362 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedCharTy, BuiltinType::UChar);
363 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedShortTy, BuiltinType::UShort);
364 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedIntTy, BuiltinType::UInt);
365 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongTy, BuiltinType::ULong);
366 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedLongLongTy, BuiltinType::ULongLong);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000367
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000368 // C99 6.2.5p10.
Chris Lattner726f97b2006-12-03 02:57:32 +0000369 InitBuiltinType(FloatTy, BuiltinType::Float);
370 InitBuiltinType(DoubleTy, BuiltinType::Double);
371 InitBuiltinType(LongDoubleTy, BuiltinType::LongDouble);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000372
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +0000373 // GNU extension, 128-bit integers.
374 InitBuiltinType(Int128Ty, BuiltinType::Int128);
375 InitBuiltinType(UnsignedInt128Ty, BuiltinType::UInt128);
376
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000377 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) { // C++ 3.9.1p5
Eli Friedman786d0872011-04-30 19:24:24 +0000378 if (TargetInfo::isTypeSigned(Target.getWCharType()))
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000379 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_S);
380 else // -fshort-wchar makes wchar_t be unsigned.
381 InitBuiltinType(WCharTy, BuiltinType::WChar_U);
382 } else // C99
Chris Lattner007cb022009-02-26 23:43:47 +0000383 WCharTy = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000384
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000385 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
386 InitBuiltinType(Char16Ty, BuiltinType::Char16);
387 else // C99
388 Char16Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type());
389
390 if (LangOpts.CPlusPlus) // C++0x 3.9.1p5, extension for C++
391 InitBuiltinType(Char32Ty, BuiltinType::Char32);
392 else // C99
393 Char32Ty = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type());
394
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +0000395 // Placeholder type for type-dependent expressions whose type is
396 // completely unknown. No code should ever check a type against
397 // DependentTy and users should never see it; however, it is here to
398 // help diagnose failures to properly check for type-dependent
399 // expressions.
400 InitBuiltinType(DependentTy, BuiltinType::Dependent);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000401
John McCall36e7fe32010-10-12 00:20:44 +0000402 // Placeholder type for functions.
403 InitBuiltinType(OverloadTy, BuiltinType::Overload);
404
John McCall0009fcc2011-04-26 20:42:42 +0000405 // Placeholder type for bound members.
406 InitBuiltinType(BoundMemberTy, BuiltinType::BoundMember);
407
John McCall31996342011-04-07 08:22:57 +0000408 // "any" type; useful for debugger-like clients.
409 InitBuiltinType(UnknownAnyTy, BuiltinType::UnknownAny);
410
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000411 // C99 6.2.5p11.
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +0000412 FloatComplexTy = getComplexType(FloatTy);
413 DoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(DoubleTy);
414 LongDoubleComplexTy = getComplexType(LongDoubleTy);
Douglas Gregor5251f1b2008-10-21 16:13:35 +0000415
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +0000416 BuiltinVaListType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000417
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000418 // "Builtin" typedefs set by Sema::ActOnTranslationUnitScope().
419 ObjCIdTypedefType = QualType();
420 ObjCClassTypedefType = QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000421 ObjCSelTypedefType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000422
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000423 // Builtin types for 'id', 'Class', and 'SEL'.
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +0000424 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinIdTy, BuiltinType::ObjCId);
425 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinClassTy, BuiltinType::ObjCClass);
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +0000426 InitBuiltinType(ObjCBuiltinSelTy, BuiltinType::ObjCSel);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000427
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +0000428 ObjCConstantStringType = QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000429
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +0000430 // void * type
431 VoidPtrTy = getPointerType(VoidTy);
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000432
433 // nullptr type (C++0x 2.14.7)
434 InitBuiltinType(NullPtrTy, BuiltinType::NullPtr);
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +0000435}
436
Argyrios Kyrtzidisca0d0cd2010-09-22 14:32:24 +0000437Diagnostic &ASTContext::getDiagnostics() const {
438 return SourceMgr.getDiagnostics();
439}
440
Douglas Gregor561eceb2010-08-30 16:49:28 +0000441AttrVec& ASTContext::getDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
442 AttrVec *&Result = DeclAttrs[D];
443 if (!Result) {
444 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(AttrVec));
445 Result = new (Mem) AttrVec;
446 }
447
448 return *Result;
449}
450
451/// \brief Erase the attributes corresponding to the given declaration.
452void ASTContext::eraseDeclAttrs(const Decl *D) {
453 llvm::DenseMap<const Decl*, AttrVec*>::iterator Pos = DeclAttrs.find(D);
454 if (Pos != DeclAttrs.end()) {
455 Pos->second->~AttrVec();
456 DeclAttrs.erase(Pos);
457 }
458}
459
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000460MemberSpecializationInfo *
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000461ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(const VarDecl *Var) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000462 assert(Var->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
Douglas Gregor3c74d412009-10-14 20:14:33 +0000463 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl *, MemberSpecializationInfo *>::iterator Pos
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000464 = InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.find(Var);
465 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.end())
466 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000467
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000468 return Pos->second;
469}
470
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000471void
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000472ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember(VarDecl *Inst, VarDecl *Tmpl,
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000473 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
474 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation) {
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000475 assert(Inst->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
476 assert(Tmpl->isStaticDataMember() && "Not a static data member");
477 assert(!InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst] &&
478 "Already noted what static data member was instantiated from");
Douglas Gregor86d142a2009-10-08 07:24:58 +0000479 InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember[Inst]
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscdb8b3f2010-07-04 21:44:00 +0000480 = new (*this) MemberSpecializationInfo(Tmpl, TSK, PointOfInstantiation);
Douglas Gregora6ef8f02009-07-24 20:34:43 +0000481}
482
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000483NamedDecl *
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000484ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UUD) {
John McCalle61f2ba2009-11-18 02:36:19 +0000485 llvm::DenseMap<UsingDecl *, NamedDecl *>::const_iterator Pos
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000486 = InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.find(UUD);
487 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.end())
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000488 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000489
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000490 return Pos->second;
491}
492
493void
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +0000494ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingDecl(UsingDecl *Inst, NamedDecl *Pattern) {
495 assert((isa<UsingDecl>(Pattern) ||
496 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(Pattern) ||
497 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Pattern)) &&
498 "pattern decl is not a using decl");
499 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
500 InstantiatedFromUsingDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
501}
502
503UsingShadowDecl *
504ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst) {
505 llvm::DenseMap<UsingShadowDecl*, UsingShadowDecl*>::const_iterator Pos
506 = InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.find(Inst);
507 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.end())
508 return 0;
509
510 return Pos->second;
511}
512
513void
514ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl(UsingShadowDecl *Inst,
515 UsingShadowDecl *Pattern) {
516 assert(!InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] && "pattern already exists");
517 InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl[Inst] = Pattern;
Anders Carlsson4bb87ce2009-08-29 19:37:28 +0000518}
519
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000520FieldDecl *ASTContext::getInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Field) {
521 llvm::DenseMap<FieldDecl *, FieldDecl *>::iterator Pos
522 = InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.find(Field);
523 if (Pos == InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.end())
524 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000525
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000526 return Pos->second;
527}
528
529void ASTContext::setInstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl(FieldDecl *Inst,
530 FieldDecl *Tmpl) {
531 assert(!Inst->getDeclName() && "Instantiated field decl is not unnamed");
532 assert(!Tmpl->getDeclName() && "Template field decl is not unnamed");
533 assert(!InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] &&
534 "Already noted what unnamed field was instantiated from");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000535
Anders Carlsson5da84842009-09-01 04:26:58 +0000536 InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl[Inst] = Tmpl;
537}
538
Fariborz Jahanian595ec5d2011-04-27 17:14:21 +0000539bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsNonBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
540 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
541 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && !LastFD->isBitField() &&
542 FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() == 0);
543
544}
545
Fariborz Jahanianeb397412011-05-02 17:20:56 +0000546bool ASTContext::ZeroBitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
547 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
548 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
Fariborz Jahanian759e4a12011-05-03 22:07:14 +0000549 FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() == 0 &&
550 LastFD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() != 0);
Fariborz Jahanianeb397412011-05-02 17:20:56 +0000551
552}
553
Fariborz Jahanian84335f72011-05-04 18:51:37 +0000554bool ASTContext::BitfieldFollowsBitfield(const FieldDecl *FD,
555 const FieldDecl *LastFD) const {
556 return (FD->isBitField() && LastFD && LastFD->isBitField() &&
557 FD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue() &&
558 LastFD->getBitWidth()-> EvaluateAsInt(*this).getZExtValue());
559}
560
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000561ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
562ASTContext::overridden_methods_begin(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
563 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
564 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
565 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
566 return 0;
567
568 return Pos->second.begin();
569}
570
571ASTContext::overridden_cxx_method_iterator
572ASTContext::overridden_methods_end(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
573 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
574 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
575 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
576 return 0;
577
578 return Pos->second.end();
579}
580
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6685e8a2010-07-04 21:44:35 +0000581unsigned
582ASTContext::overridden_methods_size(const CXXMethodDecl *Method) const {
583 llvm::DenseMap<const CXXMethodDecl *, CXXMethodVector>::const_iterator Pos
584 = OverriddenMethods.find(Method);
585 if (Pos == OverriddenMethods.end())
586 return 0;
587
588 return Pos->second.size();
589}
590
Douglas Gregor832940b2010-03-02 23:58:15 +0000591void ASTContext::addOverriddenMethod(const CXXMethodDecl *Method,
592 const CXXMethodDecl *Overridden) {
593 OverriddenMethods[Method].push_back(Overridden);
594}
595
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000596//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
597// Type Sizing and Analysis
598//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000599
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000600/// getFloatTypeSemantics - Return the APFloat 'semantics' for the specified
601/// scalar floating point type.
602const llvm::fltSemantics &ASTContext::getFloatTypeSemantics(QualType T) const {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +0000603 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000604 assert(BT && "Not a floating point type!");
605 switch (BT->getKind()) {
606 default: assert(0 && "Not a floating point type!");
607 case BuiltinType::Float: return Target.getFloatFormat();
608 case BuiltinType::Double: return Target.getDoubleFormat();
609 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return Target.getLongDoubleFormat();
610 }
611}
612
Ken Dyck160146e2010-01-27 17:10:57 +0000613/// getDeclAlign - Return a conservative estimate of the alignment of the
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000614/// specified decl. Note that bitfields do not have a valid alignment, so
615/// this method will assert on them.
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000616/// If @p RefAsPointee, references are treated like their underlying type
617/// (for alignof), else they're treated like pointers (for CodeGen).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000618CharUnits ASTContext::getDeclAlign(const Decl *D, bool RefAsPointee) const {
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000619 unsigned Align = Target.getCharWidth();
620
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000621 bool UseAlignAttrOnly = false;
622 if (unsigned AlignFromAttr = D->getMaxAlignment()) {
623 Align = AlignFromAttr;
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000624
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000625 // __attribute__((aligned)) can increase or decrease alignment
626 // *except* on a struct or struct member, where it only increases
627 // alignment unless 'packed' is also specified.
628 //
629 // It is an error for [[align]] to decrease alignment, so we can
630 // ignore that possibility; Sema should diagnose it.
631 if (isa<FieldDecl>(D)) {
632 UseAlignAttrOnly = D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
633 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
634 } else {
635 UseAlignAttrOnly = true;
636 }
637 }
Fariborz Jahanian9f107182011-05-05 21:19:14 +0000638 else if (isa<FieldDecl>(D))
639 UseAlignAttrOnly =
640 D->hasAttr<PackedAttr>() ||
641 cast<FieldDecl>(D)->getParent()->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000642
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000643 // If we're using the align attribute only, just ignore everything
644 // else about the declaration and its type.
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000645 if (UseAlignAttrOnly) {
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000646 // do nothing
647
John McCall94268702010-10-08 18:24:19 +0000648 } else if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D)) {
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000649 QualType T = VD->getType();
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000650 if (const ReferenceType* RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000651 if (RefAsPointee)
652 T = RT->getPointeeType();
653 else
654 T = getPointerType(RT->getPointeeType());
655 }
656 if (!T->isIncompleteType() && !T->isFunctionType()) {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000657 // Adjust alignments of declarations with array type by the
658 // large-array alignment on the target.
Rafael Espindolae971b9a2010-06-04 23:15:27 +0000659 unsigned MinWidth = Target.getLargeArrayMinWidth();
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000660 const ArrayType *arrayType;
661 if (MinWidth && (arrayType = getAsArrayType(T))) {
662 if (isa<VariableArrayType>(arrayType))
663 Align = std::max(Align, Target.getLargeArrayAlign());
664 else if (isa<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType) &&
665 MinWidth <= getTypeSize(cast<ConstantArrayType>(arrayType)))
666 Align = std::max(Align, Target.getLargeArrayAlign());
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000667
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +0000668 // Walk through any array types while we're at it.
669 T = getBaseElementType(arrayType);
670 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000671 Align = std::max(Align, getPreferredTypeAlign(T.getTypePtr()));
672 }
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000673
674 // Fields can be subject to extra alignment constraints, like if
675 // the field is packed, the struct is packed, or the struct has a
676 // a max-field-alignment constraint (#pragma pack). So calculate
677 // the actual alignment of the field within the struct, and then
678 // (as we're expected to) constrain that by the alignment of the type.
679 if (const FieldDecl *field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(VD)) {
680 // So calculate the alignment of the field.
681 const ASTRecordLayout &layout = getASTRecordLayout(field->getParent());
682
683 // Start with the record's overall alignment.
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000684 unsigned fieldAlign = toBits(layout.getAlignment());
John McCall4e819612011-01-20 07:57:12 +0000685
686 // Use the GCD of that and the offset within the record.
687 uint64_t offset = layout.getFieldOffset(field->getFieldIndex());
688 if (offset > 0) {
689 // Alignment is always a power of 2, so the GCD will be a power of 2,
690 // which means we get to do this crazy thing instead of Euclid's.
691 uint64_t lowBitOfOffset = offset & (~offset + 1);
692 if (lowBitOfOffset < fieldAlign)
693 fieldAlign = static_cast<unsigned>(lowBitOfOffset);
694 }
695
696 Align = std::min(Align, fieldAlign);
Charles Davis3fc51072010-02-23 04:52:00 +0000697 }
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000698 }
Eli Friedman19a546c2009-02-22 02:56:25 +0000699
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000700 return toCharUnitsFromBits(Align);
Chris Lattner68061312009-01-24 21:53:27 +0000701}
Chris Lattner9a8d1d92008-06-30 18:32:54 +0000702
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000703std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckd24099d2011-02-20 01:55:18 +0000704ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(const Type *T) const {
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000705 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info = getTypeInfo(T);
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000706 return std::make_pair(toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.first),
707 toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.second));
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000708}
709
710std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits>
Ken Dyckd24099d2011-02-20 01:55:18 +0000711ASTContext::getTypeInfoInChars(QualType T) const {
John McCall87fe5d52010-05-20 01:18:31 +0000712 return getTypeInfoInChars(T.getTypePtr());
713}
714
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000715/// getTypeSize - Return the size of the specified type, in bits. This method
716/// does not work on incomplete types.
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +0000717///
718/// FIXME: Pointers into different addr spaces could have different sizes and
719/// alignment requirements: getPointerInfo should take an AddrSpace, this
720/// should take a QualType, &c.
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000721std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned>
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000722ASTContext::getTypeInfo(const Type *T) const {
Mike Stump5b9a3d52009-02-27 18:32:39 +0000723 uint64_t Width=0;
724 unsigned Align=8;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000725 switch (T->getTypeClass()) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000726#define TYPE(Class, Base)
727#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000728#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base)
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000729#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
730#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000731 assert(false && "Should not see dependent types");
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000732 break;
733
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000734 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
735 case Type::FunctionProto:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000736 // GCC extension: alignof(function) = 32 bits
737 Width = 0;
738 Align = 32;
739 break;
740
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000741 case Type::IncompleteArray:
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000742 case Type::VariableArray:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000743 Width = 0;
744 Align = getTypeAlign(cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType());
745 break;
746
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +0000747 case Type::ConstantArray: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000748 const ConstantArrayType *CAT = cast<ConstantArrayType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000749
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000750 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(CAT->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000751 Width = EltInfo.first*CAT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000752 Align = EltInfo.second;
Argyrios Kyrtzidisae40e4e2011-04-26 21:05:39 +0000753 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000754 break;
Christopher Lambc5fafa22007-12-29 05:10:55 +0000755 }
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +0000756 case Type::ExtVector:
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000757 case Type::Vector: {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000758 const VectorType *VT = cast<VectorType>(T);
759 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo = getTypeInfo(VT->getElementType());
760 Width = EltInfo.first*VT->getNumElements();
Eli Friedman3df5efe2008-05-30 09:31:38 +0000761 Align = Width;
Nate Begemanb699c9b2009-01-18 06:42:49 +0000762 // If the alignment is not a power of 2, round up to the next power of 2.
763 // This happens for non-power-of-2 length vectors.
Dan Gohmanef78c8e2010-04-21 23:32:43 +0000764 if (Align & (Align-1)) {
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000765 Align = llvm::NextPowerOf2(Align);
766 Width = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Width, Align);
767 }
Chris Lattnerf2e101f2007-07-19 22:06:24 +0000768 break;
769 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000770
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000771 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000772 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000773 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type!");
Chris Lattner4481b422007-07-14 01:29:45 +0000774 case BuiltinType::Void:
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000775 // GCC extension: alignof(void) = 8 bits.
776 Width = 0;
777 Align = 8;
778 break;
779
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000780 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000781 Width = Target.getBoolWidth();
782 Align = Target.getBoolAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000783 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000784 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
785 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
786 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000787 case BuiltinType::SChar:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000788 Width = Target.getCharWidth();
789 Align = Target.getCharAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000790 break;
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +0000791 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
792 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +0000793 Width = Target.getWCharWidth();
794 Align = Target.getWCharAlign();
795 break;
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +0000796 case BuiltinType::Char16:
797 Width = Target.getChar16Width();
798 Align = Target.getChar16Align();
799 break;
800 case BuiltinType::Char32:
801 Width = Target.getChar32Width();
802 Align = Target.getChar32Align();
803 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000804 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000805 case BuiltinType::Short:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000806 Width = Target.getShortWidth();
807 Align = Target.getShortAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000808 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000809 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000810 case BuiltinType::Int:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000811 Width = Target.getIntWidth();
812 Align = Target.getIntAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000813 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000814 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000815 case BuiltinType::Long:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000816 Width = Target.getLongWidth();
817 Align = Target.getLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000818 break;
Chris Lattner355332d2007-07-13 22:27:08 +0000819 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000820 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000821 Width = Target.getLongLongWidth();
822 Align = Target.getLongLongAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000823 break;
Chris Lattner0a415ec2009-04-30 02:55:13 +0000824 case BuiltinType::Int128:
825 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
826 Width = 128;
827 Align = 128; // int128_t is 128-bit aligned on all targets.
828 break;
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000829 case BuiltinType::Float:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000830 Width = Target.getFloatWidth();
831 Align = Target.getFloatAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000832 break;
833 case BuiltinType::Double:
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000834 Width = Target.getDoubleWidth();
835 Align = Target.getDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000836 break;
837 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000838 Width = Target.getLongDoubleWidth();
839 Align = Target.getLongDoubleAlign();
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000840 break;
Sebastian Redl576fd422009-05-10 18:38:11 +0000841 case BuiltinType::NullPtr:
842 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0); // C++ 3.9.1p11: sizeof(nullptr_t)
843 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0); // == sizeof(void*)
Sebastian Redla81b0b72009-05-27 19:34:06 +0000844 break;
Fariborz Jahanian9c6a39e2010-08-02 18:03:20 +0000845 case BuiltinType::ObjCId:
846 case BuiltinType::ObjCClass:
847 case BuiltinType::ObjCSel:
848 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
849 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
850 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000851 }
Chris Lattner48f84b82007-07-15 23:46:53 +0000852 break;
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +0000853 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000854 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(0);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000855 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(0);
Chris Lattner6a4f7452007-12-19 19:23:28 +0000856 break;
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000857 case Type::BlockPointer: {
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000858 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
859 cast<BlockPointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Steve Naroff921a45c2008-09-24 15:05:44 +0000860 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
861 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
862 break;
863 }
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000864 case Type::LValueReference:
865 case Type::RValueReference: {
866 // alignof and sizeof should never enter this code path here, so we go
867 // the pointer route.
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000868 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(
869 cast<ReferenceType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Sebastian Redl22e2e5c2009-11-23 17:18:46 +0000870 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
871 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
872 break;
873 }
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000874 case Type::Pointer: {
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +0000875 unsigned AS = getTargetAddressSpace(cast<PointerType>(T)->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +0000876 Width = Target.getPointerWidth(AS);
Chris Lattner2dca6ff2008-03-08 08:34:58 +0000877 Align = Target.getPointerAlign(AS);
878 break;
879 }
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000880 case Type::MemberPointer: {
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000881 const MemberPointerType *MPT = cast<MemberPointerType>(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000882 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> PtrDiffInfo =
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000883 getTypeInfo(getPointerDiffType());
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +0000884 Width = PtrDiffInfo.first * ABI->getMemberPointerSize(MPT);
Anders Carlsson32440a02009-05-17 02:06:04 +0000885 Align = PtrDiffInfo.second;
886 break;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +0000887 }
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000888 case Type::Complex: {
889 // Complex types have the same alignment as their elements, but twice the
890 // size.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000891 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> EltInfo =
Chris Lattner37e05872008-03-05 18:54:05 +0000892 getTypeInfo(cast<ComplexType>(T)->getElementType());
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000893 Width = EltInfo.first*2;
Chris Lattner647fb222007-07-18 18:26:58 +0000894 Align = EltInfo.second;
895 break;
896 }
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +0000897 case Type::ObjCObject:
898 return getTypeInfo(cast<ObjCObjectType>(T)->getBaseType().getTypePtr());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000899 case Type::ObjCInterface: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000900 const ObjCInterfaceType *ObjCI = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(T);
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000901 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(ObjCI->getDecl());
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +0000902 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000903 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Devang Pateldbb72632008-06-04 21:54:36 +0000904 break;
905 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000906 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +0000907 case Type::Enum: {
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000908 const TagType *TT = cast<TagType>(T);
909
910 if (TT->getDecl()->isInvalidDecl()) {
Douglas Gregor7f971892011-04-20 17:29:44 +0000911 Width = 8;
912 Align = 8;
Chris Lattner572100b2008-08-09 21:35:13 +0000913 break;
914 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000915
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000916 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(TT))
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000917 return getTypeInfo(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType());
918
Daniel Dunbarbbc0af72008-11-08 05:48:37 +0000919 const RecordType *RT = cast<RecordType>(TT);
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000920 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getASTRecordLayout(RT->getDecl());
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +0000921 Width = toBits(Layout.getSize());
Ken Dyck7ad11e72011-02-15 02:32:40 +0000922 Align = toBits(Layout.getAlignment());
Chris Lattner49a953a2007-07-23 22:46:22 +0000923 break;
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000924 }
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000925
Chris Lattner63d2b362009-10-22 05:17:15 +0000926 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParm:
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000927 return getTypeInfo(cast<SubstTemplateTypeParmType>(T)->
928 getReplacementType().getTypePtr());
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +0000929
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000930 case Type::Auto: {
931 const AutoType *A = cast<AutoType>(T);
932 assert(A->isDeduced() && "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
Matt Beaumont-Gay7a24210e2011-02-22 20:00:16 +0000933 return getTypeInfo(A->getDeducedType().getTypePtr());
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +0000934 }
935
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +0000936 case Type::Paren:
937 return getTypeInfo(cast<ParenType>(T)->getInnerType().getTypePtr());
938
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000939 case Type::Typedef: {
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +0000940 const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = cast<TypedefType>(T)->getDecl();
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000941 std::pair<uint64_t, unsigned> Info
942 = getTypeInfo(Typedef->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
Chris Lattner29eb47b2011-02-19 22:55:41 +0000943 // If the typedef has an aligned attribute on it, it overrides any computed
944 // alignment we have. This violates the GCC documentation (which says that
945 // attribute(aligned) can only round up) but matches its implementation.
946 if (unsigned AttrAlign = Typedef->getMaxAlignment())
947 Align = AttrAlign;
948 else
949 Align = Info.second;
Douglas Gregorf5bae222010-08-27 00:11:28 +0000950 Width = Info.first;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +0000951 break;
Chris Lattner8b23c252008-04-06 22:05:18 +0000952 }
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000953
954 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
955 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfExprType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
956 .getTypePtr());
957
958 case Type::TypeOf:
959 return getTypeInfo(cast<TypeOfType>(T)->getUnderlyingType().getTypePtr());
960
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +0000961 case Type::Decltype:
962 return getTypeInfo(cast<DecltypeType>(T)->getUnderlyingExpr()->getType()
963 .getTypePtr());
964
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +0000965 case Type::Elaborated:
966 return getTypeInfo(cast<ElaboratedType>(T)->getNamedType().getTypePtr());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000967
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +0000968 case Type::Attributed:
969 return getTypeInfo(
970 cast<AttributedType>(T)->getEquivalentType().getTypePtr());
971
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000972 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000973 assert(getCanonicalType(T) != T &&
Douglas Gregoref462e62009-04-30 17:32:17 +0000974 "Cannot request the size of a dependent type");
975 // FIXME: this is likely to be wrong once we support template
976 // aliases, since a template alias could refer to a typedef that
977 // has an __aligned__ attribute on it.
978 return getTypeInfo(getCanonicalType(T));
979 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +0000980
Chris Lattner53cfe802007-07-18 17:52:12 +0000981 assert(Align && (Align & (Align-1)) == 0 && "Alignment must be power of 2");
Chris Lattner7570e9c2008-03-08 08:52:55 +0000982 return std::make_pair(Width, Align);
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +0000983}
984
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000985/// toCharUnitsFromBits - Convert a size in bits to a size in characters.
986CharUnits ASTContext::toCharUnitsFromBits(int64_t BitSize) const {
987 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(BitSize / getCharWidth());
988}
989
Ken Dyckb0fcc592011-02-11 01:54:29 +0000990/// toBits - Convert a size in characters to a size in characters.
991int64_t ASTContext::toBits(CharUnits CharSize) const {
992 return CharSize.getQuantity() * getCharWidth();
993}
994
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000995/// getTypeSizeInChars - Return the size of the specified type, in characters.
996/// This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +0000997CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +0000998 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +0000999}
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001000CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeSizeInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001001 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeSize(T));
Ken Dyck8c89d592009-12-22 14:23:30 +00001002}
1003
Ken Dycka6046ab2010-01-26 17:25:18 +00001004/// getTypeAlignInChars - Return the ABI-specified alignment of a type, in
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001005/// characters. This method does not work on incomplete types.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001006CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(QualType T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001007 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001008}
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001009CharUnits ASTContext::getTypeAlignInChars(const Type *T) const {
Ken Dyckcc56c542011-01-15 18:38:59 +00001010 return toCharUnitsFromBits(getTypeAlign(T));
Ken Dyck24d28d62010-01-26 17:22:55 +00001011}
1012
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001013/// getPreferredTypeAlign - Return the "preferred" alignment of the specified
1014/// type for the current target in bits. This can be different than the ABI
1015/// alignment in cases where it is beneficial for performance to overalign
1016/// a data type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001017unsigned ASTContext::getPreferredTypeAlign(const Type *T) const {
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001018 unsigned ABIAlign = getTypeAlign(T);
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001019
1020 // Double and long long should be naturally aligned if possible.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00001021 if (const ComplexType* CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Eli Friedman7ab09572009-05-25 21:27:19 +00001022 T = CT->getElementType().getTypePtr();
1023 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double) ||
1024 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong))
1025 return std::max(ABIAlign, (unsigned)getTypeSize(T));
1026
Chris Lattnera3402cd2009-01-27 18:08:34 +00001027 return ABIAlign;
1028}
1029
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001030/// ShallowCollectObjCIvars -
1031/// Collect all ivars, including those synthesized, in the current class.
1032///
1033void ASTContext::ShallowCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001034 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001035 // FIXME. This need be removed but there are two many places which
1036 // assume const-ness of ObjCInterfaceDecl
1037 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = const_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl *>(OI);
1038 for (ObjCIvarDecl *Iv = IDecl->all_declared_ivar_begin(); Iv;
1039 Iv= Iv->getNextIvar())
1040 Ivars.push_back(Iv);
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001041}
1042
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001043/// DeepCollectObjCIvars -
1044/// This routine first collects all declared, but not synthesized, ivars in
1045/// super class and then collects all ivars, including those synthesized for
1046/// current class. This routine is used for implementation of current class
1047/// when all ivars, declared and synthesized are known.
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001048///
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001049void ASTContext::DeepCollectObjCIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
1050 bool leafClass,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001051 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars) const {
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001052 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *SuperClass = OI->getSuperClass())
1053 DeepCollectObjCIvars(SuperClass, false, Ivars);
1054 if (!leafClass) {
1055 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::ivar_iterator I = OI->ivar_begin(),
1056 E = OI->ivar_end(); I != E; ++I)
Fariborz Jahanianaef66222010-02-19 00:31:17 +00001057 Ivars.push_back(*I);
1058 }
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00001059 else
1060 ShallowCollectObjCIvars(OI, Ivars);
Fariborz Jahanian0f44d812009-05-12 18:14:29 +00001061}
1062
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001063/// CollectInheritedProtocols - Collect all protocols in current class and
1064/// those inherited by it.
1065void ASTContext::CollectInheritedProtocols(const Decl *CDecl,
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001066 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> &Protocols) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001067 if (const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001068 // We can use protocol_iterator here instead of
1069 // all_referenced_protocol_iterator since we are walking all categories.
1070 for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::all_protocol_iterator P = OI->all_referenced_protocol_begin(),
1071 PE = OI->all_referenced_protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001072 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001073 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001074 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001075 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1076 Protocols.insert(*P);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001077 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1078 }
Fariborz Jahanian8e3b9db2010-02-25 18:24:33 +00001079 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001080
1081 // Categories of this Interface.
1082 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDeclChain = OI->getCategoryList();
1083 CDeclChain; CDeclChain = CDeclChain->getNextClassCategory())
1084 CollectInheritedProtocols(CDeclChain, Protocols);
1085 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *SD = OI->getSuperClass())
1086 while (SD) {
1087 CollectInheritedProtocols(SD, Protocols);
1088 SD = SD->getSuperClass();
1089 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001090 } else if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *OC = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CDecl)) {
Ted Kremenek0ef508d2010-09-01 01:21:15 +00001091 for (ObjCCategoryDecl::protocol_iterator P = OC->protocol_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001092 PE = OC->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1093 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001094 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001095 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1096 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1097 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1098 }
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001099 } else if (const ObjCProtocolDecl *OP = dyn_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl>(CDecl)) {
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001100 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = OP->protocol_begin(),
1101 PE = OP->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P) {
1102 ObjCProtocolDecl *Proto = (*P);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00001103 Protocols.insert(Proto);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001104 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator P = Proto->protocol_begin(),
1105 PE = Proto->protocol_end(); P != PE; ++P)
1106 CollectInheritedProtocols(*P, Protocols);
1107 }
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00001108 }
1109}
1110
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001111unsigned ASTContext::CountNonClassIvars(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI) const {
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001112 unsigned count = 0;
1113 // Count ivars declared in class extension.
Fariborz Jahanian3bf0ded2010-06-22 23:20:40 +00001114 for (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = OI->getFirstClassExtension(); CDecl;
1115 CDecl = CDecl->getNextClassExtension())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001116 count += CDecl->ivar_size();
1117
Fariborz Jahaniand2ae2d02010-03-22 18:25:57 +00001118 // Count ivar defined in this class's implementation. This
1119 // includes synthesized ivars.
1120 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplDecl = OI->getImplementation())
Benjamin Kramer0a3fe042010-04-27 17:47:25 +00001121 count += ImplDecl->ivar_size();
1122
Fariborz Jahanian7c809592009-06-04 01:19:09 +00001123 return count;
1124}
1125
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6d9fab72009-07-21 00:05:53 +00001126/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl,or NULL if none exists.
1127ObjCImplementationDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) {
1128 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1129 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1130 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1131 return cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(I->second);
1132 return 0;
1133}
1134/// \brief Get the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl, or NULL if none exists.
1135ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ASTContext::getObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *D) {
1136 llvm::DenseMap<ObjCContainerDecl*, ObjCImplDecl*>::iterator
1137 I = ObjCImpls.find(D);
1138 if (I != ObjCImpls.end())
1139 return cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(I->second);
1140 return 0;
1141}
1142
1143/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCInterfaceDecl.
1144void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFaceD,
1145 ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD) {
1146 assert(IFaceD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1147 ObjCImpls[IFaceD] = ImplD;
1148}
1149/// \brief Set the implementation of ObjCCategoryDecl.
1150void ASTContext::setObjCImplementation(ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD,
1151 ObjCCategoryImplDecl *ImplD) {
1152 assert(CatD && ImplD && "Passed null params");
1153 ObjCImpls[CatD] = ImplD;
1154}
1155
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001156/// \brief Get the copy initialization expression of VarDecl,or NULL if
1157/// none exists.
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001158Expr *ASTContext::getBlockVarCopyInits(const VarDecl*VD) {
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001159 assert(VD && "Passed null params");
1160 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1161 "getBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian50198092010-12-02 17:02:11 +00001162 llvm::DenseMap<const VarDecl*, Expr*>::iterator
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001163 I = BlockVarCopyInits.find(VD);
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001164 return (I != BlockVarCopyInits.end()) ? cast<Expr>(I->second) : 0;
1165}
1166
1167/// \brief Set the copy inialization expression of a block var decl.
1168void ASTContext::setBlockVarCopyInits(VarDecl*VD, Expr* Init) {
1169 assert(VD && Init && "Passed null params");
Fariborz Jahanian1321cbb2010-12-06 17:28:17 +00001170 assert(VD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>() &&
1171 "setBlockVarCopyInits - not __block var");
Fariborz Jahanian7cfe7672010-12-01 22:29:46 +00001172 BlockVarCopyInits[VD] = Init;
1173}
1174
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001175/// \brief Allocate an uninitialized TypeSourceInfo.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001176///
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001177/// The caller should initialize the memory held by TypeSourceInfo using
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001178/// the TypeLoc wrappers.
1179///
1180/// \param T the type that will be the basis for type source info. This type
1181/// should refer to how the declarator was written in source code, not to
1182/// what type semantic analysis resolved the declarator to.
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001183TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::CreateTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001184 unsigned DataSize) const {
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001185 if (!DataSize)
1186 DataSize = TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T);
1187 else
1188 assert(DataSize == TypeLoc::getFullDataSizeForType(T) &&
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001189 "incorrect data size provided to CreateTypeSourceInfo!");
John McCall26fe7e02009-10-21 00:23:54 +00001190
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001191 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo =
1192 (TypeSourceInfo*)BumpAlloc.Allocate(sizeof(TypeSourceInfo) + DataSize, 8);
1193 new (TInfo) TypeSourceInfo(T);
1194 return TInfo;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis3f79ad72009-08-19 01:27:32 +00001195}
1196
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001197TypeSourceInfo *ASTContext::getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(QualType T,
Douglas Gregor0231d8d2011-01-19 20:10:05 +00001198 SourceLocation L) const {
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00001199 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(T);
Douglas Gregor2d525f02011-01-25 19:13:18 +00001200 DI->getTypeLoc().initialize(const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this), L);
John McCall3665e002009-10-23 21:14:09 +00001201 return DI;
1202}
1203
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001204const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001205ASTContext::getASTObjCInterfaceLayout(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001206 return getObjCLayout(D, 0);
1207}
1208
1209const ASTRecordLayout &
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001210ASTContext::getASTObjCImplementationLayout(
1211 const ObjCImplementationDecl *D) const {
Daniel Dunbar02f7f5f2009-05-03 10:38:35 +00001212 return getObjCLayout(D->getClassInterface(), D);
1213}
1214
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001215//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1216// Type creation/memoization methods
1217//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1218
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001219QualType
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001220ASTContext::getExtQualType(const Type *baseType, Qualifiers quals) const {
1221 unsigned fastQuals = quals.getFastQualifiers();
1222 quals.removeFastQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001223
1224 // Check if we've already instantiated this type.
1225 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001226 ExtQuals::Profile(ID, baseType, quals);
1227 void *insertPos = 0;
1228 if (ExtQuals *eq = ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos)) {
1229 assert(eq->getQualifiers() == quals);
1230 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001231 }
1232
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001233 // If the base type is not canonical, make the appropriate canonical type.
1234 QualType canon;
1235 if (!baseType->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
1236 SplitQualType canonSplit = baseType->getCanonicalTypeInternal().split();
1237 canonSplit.second.addConsistentQualifiers(quals);
1238 canon = getExtQualType(canonSplit.first, canonSplit.second);
1239
1240 // Re-find the insert position.
1241 (void) ExtQualNodes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1242 }
1243
1244 ExtQuals *eq = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ExtQuals(baseType, canon, quals);
1245 ExtQualNodes.InsertNode(eq, insertPos);
1246 return QualType(eq, fastQuals);
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001247}
1248
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001249QualType
1250ASTContext::getAddrSpaceQualType(QualType T, unsigned AddressSpace) const {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001251 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
1252 if (CanT.getAddressSpace() == AddressSpace)
Chris Lattner445fcab2008-02-20 20:55:12 +00001253 return T;
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001254
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001255 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1256 // into one ExtQuals node.
1257 QualifierCollector Quals;
1258 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001259
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001260 // If this type already has an address space specified, it cannot get
1261 // another one.
1262 assert(!Quals.hasAddressSpace() &&
1263 "Type cannot be in multiple addr spaces!");
1264 Quals.addAddressSpace(AddressSpace);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001265
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001266 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Christopher Lamb025b5fb2008-02-04 02:31:56 +00001267}
1268
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001269QualType ASTContext::getObjCGCQualType(QualType T,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001270 Qualifiers::GC GCAttr) const {
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001271 QualType CanT = getCanonicalType(T);
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00001272 if (CanT.getObjCGCAttr() == GCAttr)
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001273 return T;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001274
John McCall53fa7142010-12-24 02:08:15 +00001275 if (const PointerType *ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
1276 QualType Pointee = ptr->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff6b712a72009-07-14 18:25:06 +00001277 if (Pointee->isAnyPointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianb68215c2009-06-03 17:15:17 +00001278 QualType ResultType = getObjCGCQualType(Pointee, GCAttr);
1279 return getPointerType(ResultType);
1280 }
1281 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001282
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001283 // If we are composing extended qualifiers together, merge together
1284 // into one ExtQuals node.
1285 QualifierCollector Quals;
1286 const Type *TypeNode = Quals.strip(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001287
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001288 // If this type already has an ObjCGC specified, it cannot get
1289 // another one.
1290 assert(!Quals.hasObjCGCAttr() &&
1291 "Type cannot have multiple ObjCGCs!");
1292 Quals.addObjCGCAttr(GCAttr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001293
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00001294 return getExtQualType(TypeNode, Quals);
Fariborz Jahaniane27e9342009-02-18 05:09:49 +00001295}
Chris Lattner983a8bb2007-07-13 22:13:22 +00001296
John McCall4f5019e2010-12-19 02:44:49 +00001297const FunctionType *ASTContext::adjustFunctionType(const FunctionType *T,
1298 FunctionType::ExtInfo Info) {
1299 if (T->getExtInfo() == Info)
1300 return T;
1301
1302 QualType Result;
1303 if (const FunctionNoProtoType *FNPT = dyn_cast<FunctionNoProtoType>(T)) {
1304 Result = getFunctionNoProtoType(FNPT->getResultType(), Info);
1305 } else {
1306 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(T);
1307 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
1308 EPI.ExtInfo = Info;
1309 Result = getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(), FPT->arg_type_begin(),
1310 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
1311 }
1312
1313 return cast<FunctionType>(Result.getTypePtr());
1314}
1315
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001316/// getComplexType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a complex
1317/// number with the specified element type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001318QualType ASTContext::getComplexType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001319 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1320 // structure.
1321 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1322 ComplexType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001323
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001324 void *InsertPos = 0;
1325 if (ComplexType *CT = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1326 return QualType(CT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001327
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001328 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1329 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1330 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001331 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001332 Canonical = getComplexType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001333
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001334 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1335 ComplexType *NewIP = ComplexTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001336 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001337 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001338 ComplexType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) ComplexType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00001339 Types.push_back(New);
1340 ComplexTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1341 return QualType(New, 0);
1342}
1343
Chris Lattner970e54e2006-11-12 00:37:36 +00001344/// getPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a pointer to
1345/// the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001346QualType ASTContext::getPointerType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattnerd5973eb2006-11-12 00:53:46 +00001347 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1348 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001349 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001350 PointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001351
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001352 void *InsertPos = 0;
1353 if (PointerType *PT = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001354 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001355
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001356 // If the pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1357 // so fill in the canonical type field.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001358 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001359 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001360 Canonical = getPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001361
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001362 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1363 PointerType *NewIP = PointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001364 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001365 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001366 PointerType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment) PointerType(T, Canonical);
Chris Lattner67521df2007-01-27 01:29:36 +00001367 Types.push_back(New);
1368 PointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001369 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerddc135e2006-11-10 06:34:16 +00001370}
1371
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001372/// getBlockPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001373/// a pointer to the specified block.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001374QualType ASTContext::getBlockPointerType(QualType T) const {
Steve Naroff0ac012832008-08-28 19:20:44 +00001375 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "block of function types only");
1376 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one block of a particular
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001377 // structure.
1378 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1379 BlockPointerType::Profile(ID, T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001380
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001381 void *InsertPos = 0;
1382 if (BlockPointerType *PT =
1383 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1384 return QualType(PT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001385
1386 // If the block pointee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001387 // type either so fill in the canonical type field.
1388 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001389 if (!T.isCanonical()) {
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001390 Canonical = getBlockPointerType(getCanonicalType(T));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001391
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001392 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1393 BlockPointerType *NewIP =
1394 BlockPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001395 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001396 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001397 BlockPointerType *New
1398 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) BlockPointerType(T, Canonical);
Steve Naroffec33ed92008-08-27 16:04:49 +00001399 Types.push_back(New);
1400 BlockPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1401 return QualType(New, 0);
1402}
1403
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001404/// getLValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1405/// lvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001406QualType
1407ASTContext::getLValueReferenceType(QualType T, bool SpelledAsLValue) const {
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001408 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1409 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001410 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001411 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001412
1413 void *InsertPos = 0;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001414 if (LValueReferenceType *RT =
1415 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001416 return QualType(RT, 0);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001417
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001418 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1419
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001420 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1421 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1422 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001423 if (!SpelledAsLValue || InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1424 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1425 Canonical = getLValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001426
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001427 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001428 LValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1429 LValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001430 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001431 }
1432
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001433 LValueReferenceType *New
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001434 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) LValueReferenceType(T, Canonical,
1435 SpelledAsLValue);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001436 Types.push_back(New);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001437 LValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001438
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001439 return QualType(New, 0);
1440}
1441
1442/// getRValueReferenceType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for an
1443/// rvalue reference to the specified type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001444QualType ASTContext::getRValueReferenceType(QualType T) const {
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001445 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1446 // structure.
1447 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001448 ReferenceType::Profile(ID, T, false);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001449
1450 void *InsertPos = 0;
1451 if (RValueReferenceType *RT =
1452 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1453 return QualType(RT, 0);
1454
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001455 const ReferenceType *InnerRef = T->getAs<ReferenceType>();
1456
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001457 // If the referencee type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
1458 // either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1459 QualType Canonical;
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001460 if (InnerRef || !T.isCanonical()) {
1461 QualType PointeeType = (InnerRef ? InnerRef->getPointeeType() : T);
1462 Canonical = getRValueReferenceType(getCanonicalType(PointeeType));
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001463
1464 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1465 RValueReferenceType *NewIP =
1466 RValueReferenceTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001467 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001468 }
1469
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001470 RValueReferenceType *New
1471 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RValueReferenceType(T, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00001472 Types.push_back(New);
1473 RValueReferenceTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Bill Wendling3708c182007-05-27 10:15:43 +00001474 return QualType(New, 0);
1475}
1476
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001477/// getMemberPointerType - Return the uniqued reference to the type for a
1478/// member pointer to the specified type, in the specified class.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001479QualType ASTContext::getMemberPointerType(QualType T, const Type *Cls) const {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001480 // Unique pointers, to guarantee there is only one pointer of a particular
1481 // structure.
1482 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
1483 MemberPointerType::Profile(ID, T, Cls);
1484
1485 void *InsertPos = 0;
1486 if (MemberPointerType *PT =
1487 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1488 return QualType(PT, 0);
1489
1490 // If the pointee or class type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical
1491 // type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1492 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor615ac672009-11-04 16:49:01 +00001493 if (!T.isCanonical() || !Cls->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001494 Canonical = getMemberPointerType(getCanonicalType(T),getCanonicalType(Cls));
1495
1496 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1497 MemberPointerType *NewIP =
1498 MemberPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001499 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001500 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001501 MemberPointerType *New
1502 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) MemberPointerType(T, Cls, Canonical);
Sebastian Redl9ed6efd2009-01-24 21:16:55 +00001503 Types.push_back(New);
1504 MemberPointerTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1505 return QualType(New, 0);
1506}
1507
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001508/// getConstantArrayType - Return the unique reference to the type for an
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001509/// array of the specified element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001510QualType ASTContext::getConstantArrayType(QualType EltTy,
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001511 const llvm::APInt &ArySizeIn,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001512 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001513 unsigned IndexTypeQuals) const {
Sebastian Redl2dfdb822009-11-05 15:52:31 +00001514 assert((EltTy->isDependentType() ||
1515 EltTy->isIncompleteType() || EltTy->isConstantSizeType()) &&
Eli Friedmanbe7e42b2009-05-29 20:17:55 +00001516 "Constant array of VLAs is illegal!");
1517
Chris Lattnere2df3f92009-05-13 04:12:56 +00001518 // Convert the array size into a canonical width matching the pointer size for
1519 // the target.
1520 llvm::APInt ArySize(ArySizeIn);
Jay Foad6d4db0c2010-12-07 08:25:34 +00001521 ArySize =
Peter Collingbourne599cb8e2011-03-18 22:38:29 +00001522 ArySize.zextOrTrunc(Target.getPointerWidth(getTargetAddressSpace(EltTy)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001523
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001524 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001525 ConstantArrayType::Profile(ID, EltTy, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001526
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001527 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001528 if (ConstantArrayType *ATP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001529 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001530 return QualType(ATP, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001531
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001532 // If the element type isn't canonical or has qualifiers, this won't
1533 // be a canonical type either, so fill in the canonical type field.
1534 QualType Canon;
1535 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1536 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
1537 Canon = getConstantArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), ArySize,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001538 ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001539 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second);
1540
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001541 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001542 ConstantArrayType *NewIP =
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001543 ConstantArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001544 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001545 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001546
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001547 ConstantArrayType *New = new(*this,TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001548 ConstantArrayType(EltTy, Canon, ArySize, ASM, IndexTypeQuals);
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00001549 ConstantArrayTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Chris Lattner36f8e652007-01-27 08:31:04 +00001550 Types.push_back(New);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001551 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattner7ccecb92006-11-12 08:50:50 +00001552}
1553
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001554/// getVariableArrayDecayedType - Turns the given type, which may be
1555/// variably-modified, into the corresponding type with all the known
1556/// sizes replaced with [*].
1557QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayDecayedType(QualType type) const {
1558 // Vastly most common case.
1559 if (!type->isVariablyModifiedType()) return type;
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001560
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001561 QualType result;
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001562
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001563 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
1564 const Type *ty = split.first;
1565 switch (ty->getTypeClass()) {
1566#define TYPE(Class, Base)
1567#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
1568#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
1569#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
1570 llvm_unreachable("didn't desugar past all non-canonical types?");
1571
1572 // These types should never be variably-modified.
1573 case Type::Builtin:
1574 case Type::Complex:
1575 case Type::Vector:
1576 case Type::ExtVector:
1577 case Type::DependentSizedExtVector:
1578 case Type::ObjCObject:
1579 case Type::ObjCInterface:
1580 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer:
1581 case Type::Record:
1582 case Type::Enum:
1583 case Type::UnresolvedUsing:
1584 case Type::TypeOfExpr:
1585 case Type::TypeOf:
1586 case Type::Decltype:
1587 case Type::DependentName:
1588 case Type::InjectedClassName:
1589 case Type::TemplateSpecialization:
1590 case Type::DependentTemplateSpecialization:
1591 case Type::TemplateTypeParm:
1592 case Type::SubstTemplateTypeParmPack:
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00001593 case Type::Auto:
John McCall06549462011-01-18 08:40:38 +00001594 case Type::PackExpansion:
1595 llvm_unreachable("type should never be variably-modified");
1596
1597 // These types can be variably-modified but should never need to
1598 // further decay.
1599 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
1600 case Type::FunctionProto:
1601 case Type::BlockPointer:
1602 case Type::MemberPointer:
1603 return type;
1604
1605 // These types can be variably-modified. All these modifications
1606 // preserve structure except as noted by comments.
1607 // TODO: if we ever care about optimizing VLAs, there are no-op
1608 // optimizations available here.
1609 case Type::Pointer:
1610 result = getPointerType(getVariableArrayDecayedType(
1611 cast<PointerType>(ty)->getPointeeType()));
1612 break;
1613
1614 case Type::LValueReference: {
1615 const LValueReferenceType *lv = cast<LValueReferenceType>(ty);
1616 result = getLValueReferenceType(
1617 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()),
1618 lv->isSpelledAsLValue());
1619 break;
1620 }
1621
1622 case Type::RValueReference: {
1623 const RValueReferenceType *lv = cast<RValueReferenceType>(ty);
1624 result = getRValueReferenceType(
1625 getVariableArrayDecayedType(lv->getPointeeType()));
1626 break;
1627 }
1628
1629 case Type::ConstantArray: {
1630 const ConstantArrayType *cat = cast<ConstantArrayType>(ty);
1631 result = getConstantArrayType(
1632 getVariableArrayDecayedType(cat->getElementType()),
1633 cat->getSize(),
1634 cat->getSizeModifier(),
1635 cat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers());
1636 break;
1637 }
1638
1639 case Type::DependentSizedArray: {
1640 const DependentSizedArrayType *dat = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ty);
1641 result = getDependentSizedArrayType(
1642 getVariableArrayDecayedType(dat->getElementType()),
1643 dat->getSizeExpr(),
1644 dat->getSizeModifier(),
1645 dat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1646 dat->getBracketsRange());
1647 break;
1648 }
1649
1650 // Turn incomplete types into [*] types.
1651 case Type::IncompleteArray: {
1652 const IncompleteArrayType *iat = cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ty);
1653 result = getVariableArrayType(
1654 getVariableArrayDecayedType(iat->getElementType()),
1655 /*size*/ 0,
1656 ArrayType::Normal,
1657 iat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1658 SourceRange());
1659 break;
1660 }
1661
1662 // Turn VLA types into [*] types.
1663 case Type::VariableArray: {
1664 const VariableArrayType *vat = cast<VariableArrayType>(ty);
1665 result = getVariableArrayType(
1666 getVariableArrayDecayedType(vat->getElementType()),
1667 /*size*/ 0,
1668 ArrayType::Star,
1669 vat->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
1670 vat->getBracketsRange());
1671 break;
1672 }
1673 }
1674
1675 // Apply the top-level qualifiers from the original.
1676 return getQualifiedType(result, split.second);
1677}
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00001678
Steve Naroffcadebd02007-08-30 18:14:25 +00001679/// getVariableArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to the type for a
1680/// variable array of the specified element type.
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00001681QualType ASTContext::getVariableArrayType(QualType EltTy,
1682 Expr *NumElts,
Steve Naroff90dfdd52007-08-30 18:10:14 +00001683 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001684 unsigned IndexTypeQuals,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001685 SourceRange Brackets) const {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001686 // Since we don't unique expressions, it isn't possible to unique VLA's
1687 // that have an expression provided for their size.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001688 QualType Canon;
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001689
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001690 // Be sure to pull qualifiers off the element type.
1691 if (!EltTy.isCanonical() || EltTy.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1692 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(EltTy).split();
1693 Canon = getVariableArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0), NumElts, ASM,
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001694 IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001695 Canon = getQualifiedType(Canon, canonSplit.second);
Douglas Gregor5e8c8c02010-05-23 16:10:32 +00001696 }
1697
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001698 VariableArrayType *New = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
Abramo Bagnara92141d22011-01-27 19:55:10 +00001699 VariableArrayType(EltTy, Canon, NumElts, ASM, IndexTypeQuals, Brackets);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001700
1701 VariableArrayTypes.push_back(New);
1702 Types.push_back(New);
1703 return QualType(New, 0);
1704}
1705
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001706/// getDependentSizedArrayType - Returns a non-unique reference to
1707/// the type for a dependently-sized array of the specified element
Douglas Gregorf3f95522009-07-31 00:23:35 +00001708/// type.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001709QualType ASTContext::getDependentSizedArrayType(QualType elementType,
1710 Expr *numElements,
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001711 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001712 unsigned elementTypeQuals,
1713 SourceRange brackets) const {
1714 assert((!numElements || numElements->isTypeDependent() ||
1715 numElements->isValueDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001716 "Size must be type- or value-dependent!");
1717
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001718 // Dependently-sized array types that do not have a specified number
1719 // of elements will have their sizes deduced from a dependent
1720 // initializer. We do no canonicalization here at all, which is okay
1721 // because they can't be used in most locations.
1722 if (!numElements) {
1723 DependentSizedArrayType *newType
1724 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1725 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, QualType(),
1726 numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
1727 brackets);
1728 Types.push_back(newType);
1729 return QualType(newType, 0);
1730 }
1731
1732 // Otherwise, we actually build a new type every time, but we
1733 // also build a canonical type.
1734
1735 SplitQualType canonElementType = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
1736
1737 void *insertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001738 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001739 DependentSizedArrayType::Profile(ID, *this,
1740 QualType(canonElementType.first, 0),
1741 ASM, elementTypeQuals, numElements);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001742
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001743 // Look for an existing type with these properties.
1744 DependentSizedArrayType *canonTy =
1745 DependentSizedArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001746
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001747 // If we don't have one, build one.
1748 if (!canonTy) {
1749 canonTy = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1750 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, QualType(canonElementType.first, 0),
1751 QualType(), numElements, ASM, elementTypeQuals,
1752 brackets);
1753 DependentSizedArrayTypes.InsertNode(canonTy, insertPos);
1754 Types.push_back(canonTy);
Douglas Gregorad2956c2009-11-19 18:03:26 +00001755 }
1756
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001757 // Apply qualifiers from the element type to the array.
1758 QualType canon = getQualifiedType(QualType(canonTy,0),
1759 canonElementType.second);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001760
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001761 // If we didn't need extra canonicalization for the element type,
1762 // then just use that as our result.
1763 if (QualType(canonElementType.first, 0) == elementType)
1764 return canon;
1765
1766 // Otherwise, we need to build a type which follows the spelling
1767 // of the element type.
1768 DependentSizedArrayType *sugaredType
1769 = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1770 DependentSizedArrayType(*this, elementType, canon, numElements,
1771 ASM, elementTypeQuals, brackets);
1772 Types.push_back(sugaredType);
1773 return QualType(sugaredType, 0);
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001774}
1775
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001776QualType ASTContext::getIncompleteArrayType(QualType elementType,
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001777 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001778 unsigned elementTypeQuals) const {
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001779 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001780 IncompleteArrayType::Profile(ID, elementType, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001781
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001782 void *insertPos = 0;
1783 if (IncompleteArrayType *iat =
1784 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos))
1785 return QualType(iat, 0);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001786
1787 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001788 // either, so fill in the canonical type field. We also have to pull
1789 // qualifiers off the element type.
1790 QualType canon;
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001791
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001792 if (!elementType.isCanonical() || elementType.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
1793 SplitQualType canonSplit = getCanonicalType(elementType).split();
1794 canon = getIncompleteArrayType(QualType(canonSplit.first, 0),
1795 ASM, elementTypeQuals);
1796 canon = getQualifiedType(canon, canonSplit.second);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001797
1798 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001799 IncompleteArrayType *existing =
1800 IncompleteArrayTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, insertPos);
1801 assert(!existing && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void) existing;
Ted Kremenek843ebedd2007-10-29 23:37:31 +00001802 }
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001803
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001804 IncompleteArrayType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1805 IncompleteArrayType(elementType, canon, ASM, elementTypeQuals);
Eli Friedmanbd258282008-02-15 18:16:39 +00001806
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001807 IncompleteArrayTypes.InsertNode(newType, insertPos);
1808 Types.push_back(newType);
1809 return QualType(newType, 0);
Steve Naroff5c131802007-08-30 01:06:46 +00001810}
1811
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001812/// getVectorType - Return the unique reference to a vector type of
1813/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
John Thompson22334602010-02-05 00:12:22 +00001814QualType ASTContext::getVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001815 VectorType::VectorKind VecKind) const {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001816 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001817
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001818 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1819 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001820 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::Vector, VecKind);
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001821
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001822 void *InsertPos = 0;
1823 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1824 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1825
1826 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1827 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1828 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00001829 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Bob Wilson77954802010-11-16 00:32:20 +00001830 Canonical = getVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts, VecKind);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001831
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001832 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1833 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001834 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001835 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001836 VectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001837 VectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical, VecKind);
Steve Naroff4ae0ac62007-07-06 23:09:18 +00001838 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1839 Types.push_back(New);
1840 return QualType(New, 0);
1841}
1842
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001843/// getExtVectorType - Return the unique reference to an extended vector type of
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001844/// the specified element type and size. VectorType must be a built-in type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001845QualType
1846ASTContext::getExtVectorType(QualType vecType, unsigned NumElts) const {
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00001847 assert(vecType->isBuiltinType());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001848
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001849 // Check if we've already instantiated a vector of this type.
1850 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00001851 VectorType::Profile(ID, vecType, NumElts, Type::ExtVector,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00001852 VectorType::GenericVector);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001853 void *InsertPos = 0;
1854 if (VectorType *VTP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
1855 return QualType(VTP, 0);
1856
1857 // If the element type isn't canonical, this won't be a canonical type either,
1858 // so fill in the canonical type field.
1859 QualType Canonical;
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00001860 if (!vecType.isCanonical()) {
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001861 Canonical = getExtVectorType(getCanonicalType(vecType), NumElts);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001862
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001863 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
1864 VectorType *NewIP = VectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001865 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001866 }
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001867 ExtVectorType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1868 ExtVectorType(vecType, NumElts, Canonical);
Steve Naroff91fcddb2007-07-18 18:00:27 +00001869 VectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1870 Types.push_back(New);
1871 return QualType(New, 0);
1872}
1873
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001874QualType
1875ASTContext::getDependentSizedExtVectorType(QualType vecType,
1876 Expr *SizeExpr,
1877 SourceLocation AttrLoc) const {
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001878 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001879 DependentSizedExtVectorType::Profile(ID, *this, getCanonicalType(vecType),
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001880 SizeExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001881
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001882 void *InsertPos = 0;
1883 DependentSizedExtVectorType *Canon
1884 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1885 DependentSizedExtVectorType *New;
1886 if (Canon) {
1887 // We already have a canonical version of this array type; use it as
1888 // the canonical type for a newly-built type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001889 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1890 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(Canon, 0),
1891 SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001892 } else {
1893 QualType CanonVecTy = getCanonicalType(vecType);
1894 if (CanonVecTy == vecType) {
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001895 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1896 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, QualType(), SizeExpr,
1897 AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00001898
1899 DependentSizedExtVectorType *CanonCheck
1900 = DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
1901 assert(!CanonCheck && "Dependent-sized ext_vector canonical type broken");
1902 (void)CanonCheck;
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001903 DependentSizedExtVectorTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
1904 } else {
1905 QualType Canon = getDependentSizedExtVectorType(CanonVecTy, SizeExpr,
1906 SourceLocation());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001907 New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
1908 DependentSizedExtVectorType(*this, vecType, Canon, SizeExpr, AttrLoc);
Douglas Gregor352169a2009-07-31 03:54:25 +00001909 }
1910 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001911
Douglas Gregor758a8692009-06-17 21:51:59 +00001912 Types.push_back(New);
1913 return QualType(New, 0);
1914}
1915
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001916/// getFunctionNoProtoType - Return a K&R style C function type like 'int()'.
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001917///
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001918QualType
1919ASTContext::getFunctionNoProtoType(QualType ResultTy,
1920 const FunctionType::ExtInfo &Info) const {
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00001921 const CallingConv DefaultCC = Info.getCC();
1922 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
1923 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001924 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1925 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001926 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001927 FunctionNoProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, Info);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001928
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001929 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001930 if (FunctionNoProtoType *FT =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001931 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001932 return QualType(FT, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001933
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001934 QualType Canonical;
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00001935 if (!ResultTy.isCanonical() ||
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001936 getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00001937 Canonical =
1938 getFunctionNoProtoType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
1939 Info.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv)));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001940
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001941 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001942 FunctionNoProtoType *NewIP =
1943 FunctionNoProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00001944 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001945 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001946
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00001947 FunctionProtoType::ExtInfo newInfo = Info.withCallingConv(CallConv);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00001948 FunctionNoProtoType *New = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00001949 FunctionNoProtoType(ResultTy, Canonical, newInfo);
Chris Lattner47955de2007-01-27 08:37:20 +00001950 Types.push_back(New);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001951 FunctionNoProtoTypes.InsertNode(New, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001952 return QualType(New, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001953}
1954
1955/// getFunctionType - Return a normal function type with a typed argument
1956/// list. isVariadic indicates whether the argument list includes '...'.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00001957QualType
1958ASTContext::getFunctionType(QualType ResultTy,
1959 const QualType *ArgArray, unsigned NumArgs,
1960 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI) const {
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001961 // Unique functions, to guarantee there is only one function of a particular
1962 // structure.
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001963 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00001964 FunctionProtoType::Profile(ID, ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, EPI, *this);
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00001965
1966 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00001967 if (FunctionProtoType *FTP =
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00001968 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001969 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001970
1971 // Determine whether the type being created is already canonical or not.
Sebastian Redl7c6c9e92011-03-06 10:52:04 +00001972 bool isCanonical= EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_None && ResultTy.isCanonical();
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001973 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs && isCanonical; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001974 if (!ArgArray[i].isCanonicalAsParam())
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001975 isCanonical = false;
1976
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00001977 const CallingConv DefaultCC = EPI.ExtInfo.getCC();
1978 const CallingConv CallConv = (LangOpts.MRTD && DefaultCC == CC_Default) ?
1979 CC_X86StdCall : DefaultCC;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001980
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001981 // If this type isn't canonical, get the canonical version of it.
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001982 // The exception spec is not part of the canonical type.
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00001983 QualType Canonical;
John McCallab26cfa2010-02-05 21:31:56 +00001984 if (!isCanonical || getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv) != CallConv) {
Chris Lattner23b7eb62007-06-15 23:05:46 +00001985 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 16> CanonicalArgs;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00001986 CanonicalArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
1987 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00001988 CanonicalArgs.push_back(getCanonicalParamType(ArgArray[i]));
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001989
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001990 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo CanonicalEPI = EPI;
Sebastian Redl7c6c9e92011-03-06 10:52:04 +00001991 CanonicalEPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_None;
1992 CanonicalEPI.NumExceptions = 0;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001993 CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo
1994 = CanonicalEPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(getCanonicalCallConv(CallConv));
1995
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00001996 Canonical = getFunctionType(getCanonicalType(ResultTy),
Jay Foad7d0479f2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00001997 CanonicalArgs.data(), NumArgs,
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00001998 CanonicalEPI);
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00001999
Chris Lattnerfd4de792007-01-27 01:15:32 +00002000 // Get the new insert position for the node we care about.
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002001 FunctionProtoType *NewIP =
2002 FunctionProtoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Jeffrey Yasskinb3321532010-12-23 01:01:28 +00002003 assert(NewIP == 0 && "Shouldn't be in the map!"); (void)NewIP;
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002004 }
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002005
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002006 // FunctionProtoType objects are allocated with extra bytes after them
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00002007 // for two variable size arrays (for parameter and exception types) at the
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002008 // end of them. Instead of the exception types, there could be a noexcept
2009 // expression and a context pointer.
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002010 size_t Size = sizeof(FunctionProtoType) +
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002011 NumArgs * sizeof(QualType);
2012 if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_Dynamic)
2013 Size += EPI.NumExceptions * sizeof(QualType);
2014 else if (EPI.ExceptionSpecType == EST_ComputedNoexcept) {
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002015 Size += sizeof(Expr*);
Sebastian Redlfa453cf2011-03-12 11:50:43 +00002016 }
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00002017 FunctionProtoType *FTP = (FunctionProtoType*) Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
Roman Divacky65b88cd2011-03-01 17:40:53 +00002018 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo newEPI = EPI;
2019 newEPI.ExtInfo = EPI.ExtInfo.withCallingConv(CallConv);
Sebastian Redl31ad7542011-03-13 17:09:40 +00002020 new (FTP) FunctionProtoType(ResultTy, ArgArray, NumArgs, Canonical, newEPI);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002021 Types.push_back(FTP);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002022 FunctionProtoTypes.InsertNode(FTP, InsertPos);
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002023 return QualType(FTP, 0);
Chris Lattnerc6ad8132006-12-02 07:52:18 +00002024}
Chris Lattneref51c202006-11-10 07:17:23 +00002025
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002026#ifndef NDEBUG
2027static bool NeedsInjectedClassNameType(const RecordDecl *D) {
2028 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(D)) return false;
2029 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
2030 if (isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2031 return true;
2032 if (RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() &&
2033 !isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD))
2034 return true;
2035 return false;
2036}
2037#endif
2038
2039/// getInjectedClassNameType - Return the unique reference to the
2040/// injected class name type for the specified templated declaration.
2041QualType ASTContext::getInjectedClassNameType(CXXRecordDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002042 QualType TST) const {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002043 assert(NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Decl));
2044 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) {
2045 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2c2167a2010-07-02 11:55:32 +00002046 } else if (CXXRecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration()) {
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002047 assert(PrevDecl->TypeForDecl && "previous declaration has no type");
2048 Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl;
2049 assert(isa<InjectedClassNameType>(Decl->TypeForDecl));
2050 } else {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002051 Type *newType =
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002052 new (*this, TypeAlignment) InjectedClassNameType(Decl, TST);
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002053 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2054 Types.push_back(newType);
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002055 }
2056 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2057}
2058
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002059/// getTypeDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2060/// specified type declaration.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002061QualType ASTContext::getTypeDeclTypeSlow(const TypeDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis89656d22008-10-16 16:50:47 +00002062 assert(Decl && "Passed null for Decl param");
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002063 assert(!Decl->TypeForDecl && "TypeForDecl present in slow case");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002064
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002065 if (const TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Decl))
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002066 return getTypedefType(Typedef);
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002067
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002068 assert(!isa<TemplateTypeParmDecl>(Decl) &&
2069 "Template type parameter types are always available.");
2070
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002071 if (const RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002072 assert(!Record->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
2073 "struct/union has previous declaration");
2074 assert(!NeedsInjectedClassNameType(Record));
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002075 return getRecordType(Record);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002076 } else if (const EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002077 assert(!Enum->getPreviousDeclaration() &&
2078 "enum has previous declaration");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002079 return getEnumType(Enum);
John McCall81e38502010-02-16 03:57:14 +00002080 } else if (const UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl *Using =
John McCallb96ec562009-12-04 22:46:56 +00002081 dyn_cast<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(Decl)) {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002082 Type *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) UnresolvedUsingType(Using);
2083 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2084 Types.push_back(newType);
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00002085 } else
John McCall96f0b5f2010-03-10 06:48:02 +00002086 llvm_unreachable("TypeDecl without a type?");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002087
Argyrios Kyrtzidisfaf08762008-08-07 20:55:28 +00002088 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Douglas Gregor83a586e2008-04-13 21:07:44 +00002089}
2090
Chris Lattner32d920b2007-01-26 02:01:53 +00002091/// getTypedefType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002092/// specified typedef name decl.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002093QualType
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00002094ASTContext::getTypedefType(const TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2095 QualType Canonical) const {
Steve Naroffe5aa9be2007-04-05 22:36:20 +00002096 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002097
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002098 if (Canonical.isNull())
2099 Canonical = getCanonicalType(Decl->getUnderlyingType());
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002100 TypedefType *newType = new(*this, TypeAlignment)
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002101 TypedefType(Type::Typedef, Decl, Canonical);
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002102 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2103 Types.push_back(newType);
2104 return QualType(newType, 0);
Chris Lattnerd0342e52006-11-20 04:02:15 +00002105}
2106
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002107QualType ASTContext::getRecordType(const RecordDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002108 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2109
2110 if (const RecordDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
2111 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2112 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2113
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002114 RecordType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) RecordType(Decl);
2115 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2116 Types.push_back(newType);
2117 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002118}
2119
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002120QualType ASTContext::getEnumType(const EnumDecl *Decl) const {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002121 if (Decl->TypeForDecl) return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2122
2123 if (const EnumDecl *PrevDecl = Decl->getPreviousDeclaration())
2124 if (PrevDecl->TypeForDecl)
2125 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl = PrevDecl->TypeForDecl, 0);
2126
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00002127 EnumType *newType = new (*this, TypeAlignment) EnumType(Decl);
2128 Decl->TypeForDecl = newType;
2129 Types.push_back(newType);
2130 return QualType(newType, 0);
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb5fcdc22010-07-04 21:44:47 +00002131}
2132
John McCall81904512011-01-06 01:58:22 +00002133QualType ASTContext::getAttributedType(AttributedType::Kind attrKind,
2134 QualType modifiedType,
2135 QualType equivalentType) {
2136 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID id;
2137 AttributedType::Profile(id, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2138
2139 void *insertPos = 0;
2140 AttributedType *type = AttributedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(id, insertPos);
2141 if (type) return QualType(type, 0);
2142
2143 QualType canon = getCanonicalType(equivalentType);
2144 type = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2145 AttributedType(canon, attrKind, modifiedType, equivalentType);
2146
2147 Types.push_back(type);
2148 AttributedTypes.InsertNode(type, insertPos);
2149
2150 return QualType(type, 0);
2151}
2152
2153
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002154/// \brief Retrieve a substitution-result type.
2155QualType
2156ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmType(const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002157 QualType Replacement) const {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00002158 assert(Replacement.isCanonical()
John McCallcebee162009-10-18 09:09:24 +00002159 && "replacement types must always be canonical");
2160
2161 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2162 SubstTemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Parm, Replacement);
2163 void *InsertPos = 0;
2164 SubstTemplateTypeParmType *SubstParm
2165 = SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2166
2167 if (!SubstParm) {
2168 SubstParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2169 SubstTemplateTypeParmType(Parm, Replacement);
2170 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2171 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2172 }
2173
2174 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2175}
2176
Douglas Gregorada4b792011-01-14 02:55:32 +00002177/// \brief Retrieve a
2178QualType ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(
2179 const TemplateTypeParmType *Parm,
2180 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) {
2181#ifndef NDEBUG
2182 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator P = ArgPack.pack_begin(),
2183 PEnd = ArgPack.pack_end();
2184 P != PEnd; ++P) {
2185 assert(P->getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type &&"Pack contains a non-type");
2186 assert(P->getAsType().isCanonical() && "Pack contains non-canonical type");
2187 }
2188#endif
2189
2190 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2191 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType::Profile(ID, Parm, ArgPack);
2192 void *InsertPos = 0;
2193 if (SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2194 = SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2195 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2196
2197 QualType Canon;
2198 if (!Parm->isCanonicalUnqualified()) {
2199 Canon = getCanonicalType(QualType(Parm, 0));
2200 Canon = getSubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(cast<TemplateTypeParmType>(Canon),
2201 ArgPack);
2202 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2203 }
2204
2205 SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType *SubstParm
2206 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) SubstTemplateTypeParmPackType(Parm, Canon,
2207 ArgPack);
2208 Types.push_back(SubstParm);
2209 SubstTemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(SubstParm, InsertPos);
2210 return QualType(SubstParm, 0);
2211}
2212
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002213/// \brief Retrieve the template type parameter type for a template
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002214/// parameter or parameter pack with the given depth, index, and (optionally)
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002215/// name.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002216QualType ASTContext::getTemplateTypeParmType(unsigned Depth, unsigned Index,
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002217 bool ParameterPack,
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002218 TemplateTypeParmDecl *TTPDecl) const {
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002219 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002220 TemplateTypeParmType::Profile(ID, Depth, Index, ParameterPack, TTPDecl);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002221 void *InsertPos = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002222 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeParm
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002223 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2224
2225 if (TypeParm)
2226 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002227
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002228 if (TTPDecl) {
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002229 QualType Canon = getTemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Chandler Carruth08836322011-05-01 00:51:33 +00002230 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TemplateTypeParmType(TTPDecl, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002231
2232 TemplateTypeParmType *TypeCheck
2233 = TemplateTypeParmTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2234 assert(!TypeCheck && "Template type parameter canonical type broken");
2235 (void)TypeCheck;
Anders Carlsson90036dc2009-06-16 00:30:48 +00002236 } else
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002237 TypeParm = new (*this, TypeAlignment)
2238 TemplateTypeParmType(Depth, Index, ParameterPack);
Douglas Gregoreff93e02009-02-05 23:33:38 +00002239
2240 Types.push_back(TypeParm);
2241 TemplateTypeParmTypes.InsertNode(TypeParm, InsertPos);
2242
2243 return QualType(TypeParm, 0);
2244}
2245
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002246TypeSourceInfo *
2247ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationTypeInfo(TemplateName Name,
2248 SourceLocation NameLoc,
2249 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002250 QualType CanonType) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002251 assert(!Name.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2252 "No dependent template names here!");
John McCalle78aac42010-03-10 03:28:59 +00002253 QualType TST = getTemplateSpecializationType(Name, Args, CanonType);
2254
2255 TypeSourceInfo *DI = CreateTypeSourceInfo(TST);
2256 TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc TL
2257 = cast<TemplateSpecializationTypeLoc>(DI->getTypeLoc());
2258 TL.setTemplateNameLoc(NameLoc);
2259 TL.setLAngleLoc(Args.getLAngleLoc());
2260 TL.setRAngleLoc(Args.getRAngleLoc());
2261 for (unsigned i = 0, e = TL.getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i)
2262 TL.setArgLocInfo(i, Args[i].getLocInfo());
2263 return DI;
2264}
2265
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002266QualType
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002267ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002268 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002269 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002270 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2271 "No dependent template names here!");
2272
John McCall6b51f282009-11-23 01:53:49 +00002273 unsigned NumArgs = Args.size();
2274
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002275 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> ArgVec;
2276 ArgVec.reserve(NumArgs);
2277 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; ++i)
2278 ArgVec.push_back(Args[i].getArgument());
2279
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002280 return getTemplateSpecializationType(Template, ArgVec.data(), NumArgs,
John McCall30576cd2010-06-13 09:25:03 +00002281 Canon);
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00002282}
2283
2284QualType
2285ASTContext::getTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00002286 const TemplateArgument *Args,
2287 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002288 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002289 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2290 "No dependent template names here!");
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00002291 // Look through qualified template names.
2292 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
2293 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002294
Douglas Gregor15301382009-07-30 17:40:51 +00002295 if (!Canon.isNull())
2296 Canon = getCanonicalType(Canon);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002297 else
2298 Canon = getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(Template, Args, NumArgs);
Douglas Gregord56a91e2009-02-26 22:19:44 +00002299
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00002300 // Allocate the (non-canonical) template specialization type, but don't
2301 // try to unique it: these types typically have location information that
2302 // we don't unique and don't want to lose.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002303 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
Douglas Gregorc40290e2009-03-09 23:48:35 +00002304 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002305 TypeAlignment);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002306 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002307 = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(Template,
John McCall2408e322010-04-27 00:57:59 +00002308 Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor00044172009-07-29 16:09:57 +00002309 Canon);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002310
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002311 Types.push_back(Spec);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002312 return QualType(Spec, 0);
Douglas Gregor8bf42052009-02-09 18:46:07 +00002313}
2314
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002315QualType
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002316ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName Template,
2317 const TemplateArgument *Args,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002318 unsigned NumArgs) const {
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002319 assert(!Template.getAsDependentTemplateName() &&
2320 "No dependent template names here!");
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00002321 // Look through qualified template names.
2322 if (QualifiedTemplateName *QTN = Template.getAsQualifiedTemplateName())
2323 Template = TemplateName(QTN->getTemplateDecl());
Douglas Gregore16af532011-02-28 18:50:33 +00002324
Argyrios Kyrtzidis45a83f92010-07-02 11:55:11 +00002325 // Build the canonical template specialization type.
2326 TemplateName CanonTemplate = getCanonicalTemplateName(Template);
2327 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 4> CanonArgs;
2328 CanonArgs.reserve(NumArgs);
2329 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I)
2330 CanonArgs.push_back(getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]));
2331
2332 // Determine whether this canonical template specialization type already
2333 // exists.
2334 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2335 TemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, CanonTemplate,
2336 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs, *this);
2337
2338 void *InsertPos = 0;
2339 TemplateSpecializationType *Spec
2340 = TemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2341
2342 if (!Spec) {
2343 // Allocate a new canonical template specialization type.
2344 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(TemplateSpecializationType) +
2345 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2346 TypeAlignment);
2347 Spec = new (Mem) TemplateSpecializationType(CanonTemplate,
2348 CanonArgs.data(), NumArgs,
2349 QualType());
2350 Types.push_back(Spec);
2351 TemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(Spec, InsertPos);
2352 }
2353
2354 assert(Spec->isDependentType() &&
2355 "Non-dependent template-id type must have a canonical type");
2356 return QualType(Spec, 0);
2357}
2358
2359QualType
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002360ASTContext::getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2361 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002362 QualType NamedType) const {
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002363 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002364 ElaboratedType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, NamedType);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002365
2366 void *InsertPos = 0;
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002367 ElaboratedType *T = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002368 if (T)
2369 return QualType(T, 0);
2370
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002371 QualType Canon = NamedType;
2372 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2373 Canon = getCanonicalType(NamedType);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002374 ElaboratedType *CheckT = ElaboratedTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2375 assert(!CheckT && "Elaborated canonical type broken");
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002376 (void)CheckT;
2377 }
2378
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002379 T = new (*this) ElaboratedType(Keyword, NNS, NamedType, Canon);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002380 Types.push_back(T);
Abramo Bagnara6150c882010-05-11 21:36:43 +00002381 ElaboratedTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor52537682009-03-19 00:18:19 +00002382 return QualType(T, 0);
2383}
2384
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002385QualType
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002386ASTContext::getParenType(QualType InnerType) const {
Abramo Bagnara924a8f32010-12-10 16:29:40 +00002387 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2388 ParenType::Profile(ID, InnerType);
2389
2390 void *InsertPos = 0;
2391 ParenType *T = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2392 if (T)
2393 return QualType(T, 0);
2394
2395 QualType Canon = InnerType;
2396 if (!Canon.isCanonical()) {
2397 Canon = getCanonicalType(InnerType);
2398 ParenType *CheckT = ParenTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2399 assert(!CheckT && "Paren canonical type broken");
2400 (void)CheckT;
2401 }
2402
2403 T = new (*this) ParenType(InnerType, Canon);
2404 Types.push_back(T);
2405 ParenTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2406 return QualType(T, 0);
2407}
2408
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002409QualType ASTContext::getDependentNameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2410 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2411 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002412 QualType Canon) const {
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002413 assert(NNS->isDependent() && "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
2414
2415 if (Canon.isNull()) {
2416 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002417 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2418 if (Keyword == ETK_None)
2419 CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2420
2421 if (CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword)
2422 Canon = getDependentNameType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002423 }
2424
2425 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002426 DependentNameType::Profile(ID, Keyword, NNS, Name);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002427
2428 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002429 DependentNameType *T
2430 = DependentNameTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002431 if (T)
2432 return QualType(T, 0);
2433
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002434 T = new (*this) DependentNameType(Keyword, NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002435 Types.push_back(T);
Douglas Gregorc1d2d8a2010-03-31 17:34:00 +00002436 DependentNameTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002437 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00002438}
2439
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002440QualType
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002441ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2442 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
Douglas Gregor02085352010-03-31 20:19:30 +00002443 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002444 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002445 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &Args) const {
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002446 // TODO: avoid this copy
2447 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> ArgCopy;
2448 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Args.size(); I != E; ++I)
2449 ArgCopy.push_back(Args[I].getArgument());
2450 return getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS, Name,
2451 ArgCopy.size(),
2452 ArgCopy.data());
2453}
2454
2455QualType
2456ASTContext::getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(
2457 ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
2458 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
2459 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
2460 unsigned NumArgs,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002461 const TemplateArgument *Args) const {
Douglas Gregor6e068012011-02-28 00:04:36 +00002462 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
2463 "nested-name-specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002464
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002465 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002466 DependentTemplateSpecializationType::Profile(ID, *this, Keyword, NNS,
2467 Name, NumArgs, Args);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002468
2469 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002470 DependentTemplateSpecializationType *T
2471 = DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002472 if (T)
2473 return QualType(T, 0);
2474
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002475 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00002476
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002477 ElaboratedTypeKeyword CanonKeyword = Keyword;
2478 if (Keyword == ETK_None) CanonKeyword = ETK_Typename;
2479
2480 bool AnyNonCanonArgs = false;
2481 llvm::SmallVector<TemplateArgument, 16> CanonArgs(NumArgs);
2482 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumArgs; ++I) {
2483 CanonArgs[I] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(Args[I]);
2484 if (!CanonArgs[I].structurallyEquals(Args[I]))
2485 AnyNonCanonArgs = true;
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002486 }
2487
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002488 QualType Canon;
2489 if (AnyNonCanonArgs || CanonNNS != NNS || CanonKeyword != Keyword) {
2490 Canon = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(CanonKeyword, CanonNNS,
2491 Name, NumArgs,
2492 CanonArgs.data());
2493
2494 // Find the insert position again.
2495 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2496 }
2497
2498 void *Mem = Allocate((sizeof(DependentTemplateSpecializationType) +
2499 sizeof(TemplateArgument) * NumArgs),
2500 TypeAlignment);
John McCall773cc982010-06-11 11:07:21 +00002501 T = new (Mem) DependentTemplateSpecializationType(Keyword, NNS,
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002502 Name, NumArgs, Args, Canon);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002503 Types.push_back(T);
John McCallc392f372010-06-11 00:33:02 +00002504 DependentTemplateSpecializationTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002505 return QualType(T, 0);
Douglas Gregordce2b622009-04-01 00:28:59 +00002506}
2507
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002508QualType ASTContext::getPackExpansionType(QualType Pattern,
2509 llvm::Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions) {
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002510 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002511 PackExpansionType::Profile(ID, Pattern, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002512
2513 assert(Pattern->containsUnexpandedParameterPack() &&
2514 "Pack expansions must expand one or more parameter packs");
2515 void *InsertPos = 0;
2516 PackExpansionType *T
2517 = PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2518 if (T)
2519 return QualType(T, 0);
2520
2521 QualType Canon;
2522 if (!Pattern.isCanonical()) {
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002523 Canon = getPackExpansionType(getCanonicalType(Pattern), NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002524
2525 // Find the insert position again.
2526 PackExpansionTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2527 }
2528
Douglas Gregor0dca5fd2011-01-14 17:04:44 +00002529 T = new (*this) PackExpansionType(Pattern, Canon, NumExpansions);
Douglas Gregord2fa7662010-12-20 02:24:11 +00002530 Types.push_back(T);
2531 PackExpansionTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2532 return QualType(T, 0);
2533}
2534
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002535/// CmpProtocolNames - Comparison predicate for sorting protocols
2536/// alphabetically.
2537static bool CmpProtocolNames(const ObjCProtocolDecl *LHS,
2538 const ObjCProtocolDecl *RHS) {
Douglas Gregor77324f32008-11-17 14:58:09 +00002539 return LHS->getDeclName() < RHS->getDeclName();
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002540}
2541
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002542static bool areSortedAndUniqued(ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002543 unsigned NumProtocols) {
2544 if (NumProtocols == 0) return true;
2545
2546 for (unsigned i = 1; i != NumProtocols; ++i)
2547 if (!CmpProtocolNames(Protocols[i-1], Protocols[i]))
2548 return false;
2549 return true;
2550}
2551
2552static void SortAndUniqueProtocols(ObjCProtocolDecl **Protocols,
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002553 unsigned &NumProtocols) {
2554 ObjCProtocolDecl **ProtocolsEnd = Protocols+NumProtocols;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002555
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002556 // Sort protocols, keyed by name.
2557 std::sort(Protocols, Protocols+NumProtocols, CmpProtocolNames);
2558
2559 // Remove duplicates.
2560 ProtocolsEnd = std::unique(Protocols, ProtocolsEnd);
2561 NumProtocols = ProtocolsEnd-Protocols;
2562}
2563
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002564QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
2565 ObjCProtocolDecl * const *Protocols,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002566 unsigned NumProtocols) const {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002567 // If the base type is an interface and there aren't any protocols
2568 // to add, then the interface type will do just fine.
2569 if (!NumProtocols && isa<ObjCInterfaceType>(BaseType))
2570 return BaseType;
2571
2572 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002573 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002574 ObjCObjectTypeImpl::Profile(ID, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002575 void *InsertPos = 0;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002576 if (ObjCObjectType *QT = ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2577 return QualType(QT, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002578
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002579 // Build the canonical type, which has the canonical base type and
2580 // a sorted-and-uniqued list of protocols.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002581 QualType Canonical;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002582 bool ProtocolsSorted = areSortedAndUniqued(Protocols, NumProtocols);
2583 if (!ProtocolsSorted || !BaseType.isCanonical()) {
2584 if (!ProtocolsSorted) {
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00002585 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl*, 8> Sorted(Protocols,
2586 Protocols + NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002587 unsigned UniqueCount = NumProtocols;
2588
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002589 SortAndUniqueProtocols(&Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002590 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2591 &Sorted[0], UniqueCount);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002592 } else {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002593 Canonical = getObjCObjectType(getCanonicalType(BaseType),
2594 Protocols, NumProtocols);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002595 }
2596
2597 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002598 ObjCObjectTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2599 }
2600
2601 unsigned Size = sizeof(ObjCObjectTypeImpl);
2602 Size += NumProtocols * sizeof(ObjCProtocolDecl *);
2603 void *Mem = Allocate(Size, TypeAlignment);
2604 ObjCObjectTypeImpl *T =
2605 new (Mem) ObjCObjectTypeImpl(Canonical, BaseType, Protocols, NumProtocols);
2606
2607 Types.push_back(T);
2608 ObjCObjectTypes.InsertNode(T, InsertPos);
2609 return QualType(T, 0);
2610}
2611
2612/// getObjCObjectPointerType - Return a ObjCObjectPointerType type for
2613/// the given object type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002614QualType ASTContext::getObjCObjectPointerType(QualType ObjectT) const {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002615 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2616 ObjCObjectPointerType::Profile(ID, ObjectT);
2617
2618 void *InsertPos = 0;
2619 if (ObjCObjectPointerType *QT =
2620 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2621 return QualType(QT, 0);
2622
2623 // Find the canonical object type.
2624 QualType Canonical;
2625 if (!ObjectT.isCanonical()) {
2626 Canonical = getObjCObjectPointerType(getCanonicalType(ObjectT));
2627
2628 // Regenerate InsertPos.
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002629 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2630 }
2631
Douglas Gregorf85bee62010-02-08 22:59:26 +00002632 // No match.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002633 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCObjectPointerType), TypeAlignment);
2634 ObjCObjectPointerType *QType =
2635 new (Mem) ObjCObjectPointerType(Canonical, ObjectT);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002636
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002637 Types.push_back(QType);
2638 ObjCObjectPointerTypes.InsertNode(QType, InsertPos);
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00002639 return QualType(QType, 0);
Steve Narofffb4330f2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002640}
Chris Lattnere0ea37a2008-04-07 04:56:42 +00002641
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002642/// getObjCInterfaceType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2643/// specified ObjC interface decl. The list of protocols is optional.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002644QualType ASTContext::getObjCInterfaceType(const ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) const {
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002645 if (Decl->TypeForDecl)
2646 return QualType(Decl->TypeForDecl, 0);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002647
Douglas Gregor1c283312010-08-11 12:19:30 +00002648 // FIXME: redeclarations?
2649 void *Mem = Allocate(sizeof(ObjCInterfaceType), TypeAlignment);
2650 ObjCInterfaceType *T = new (Mem) ObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
2651 Decl->TypeForDecl = T;
2652 Types.push_back(T);
2653 return QualType(T, 0);
Fariborz Jahanian70e8f102007-10-11 00:55:41 +00002654}
2655
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002656/// getTypeOfExprType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we can't unique
2657/// TypeOfExprType AST's (since expression's are never shared). For example,
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002658/// multiple declarations that refer to "typeof(x)" all contain different
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002659/// DeclRefExpr's. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002660/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002661QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfExprType(Expr *tofExpr) const {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002662 TypeOfExprType *toe;
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002663 if (tofExpr->isTypeDependent()) {
2664 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2665 DependentTypeOfExprType::Profile(ID, *this, tofExpr);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002666
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002667 void *InsertPos = 0;
2668 DependentTypeOfExprType *Canon
2669 = DependentTypeOfExprTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2670 if (Canon) {
2671 // We already have a "canonical" version of an identical, dependent
2672 // typeof(expr) type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002673 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr,
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002674 QualType((TypeOfExprType*)Canon, 0));
2675 }
2676 else {
2677 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002678 Canon
2679 = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentTypeOfExprType(*this, tofExpr);
Douglas Gregora5dd9f82009-07-30 23:18:24 +00002680 DependentTypeOfExprTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2681 toe = Canon;
2682 }
2683 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002684 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofExpr->getType());
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002685 toe = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfExprType(tofExpr, Canonical);
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002686 }
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002687 Types.push_back(toe);
2688 return QualType(toe, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002689}
2690
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002691/// getTypeOfType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2692/// TypeOfType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2693/// memory savings. Since typeof(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002694/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002695/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002696QualType ASTContext::getTypeOfType(QualType tofType) const {
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00002697 QualType Canonical = getCanonicalType(tofType);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002698 TypeOfType *tot = new (*this, TypeAlignment) TypeOfType(tofType, Canonical);
Steve Naroffa773cd52007-08-01 18:02:17 +00002699 Types.push_back(tot);
2700 return QualType(tot, 0);
Steve Naroffad373bd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00002701}
2702
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002703/// getDecltypeForExpr - Given an expr, will return the decltype for that
2704/// expression, according to the rules in C++0x [dcl.type.simple]p4
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002705static QualType getDecltypeForExpr(const Expr *e, const ASTContext &Context) {
Anders Carlsson7d209572009-06-25 15:00:34 +00002706 if (e->isTypeDependent())
2707 return Context.DependentTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002708
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002709 // If e is an id expression or a class member access, decltype(e) is defined
2710 // as the type of the entity named by e.
2711 if (const DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(e)) {
2712 if (const ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(DRE->getDecl()))
2713 return VD->getType();
2714 }
2715 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(e)) {
2716 if (const FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
2717 return FD->getType();
2718 }
2719 // If e is a function call or an invocation of an overloaded operator,
2720 // (parentheses around e are ignored), decltype(e) is defined as the
2721 // return type of that function.
2722 if (const CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(e->IgnoreParens()))
2723 return CE->getCallReturnType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002724
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002725 QualType T = e->getType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002726
2727 // Otherwise, where T is the type of e, if e is an lvalue, decltype(e) is
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002728 // defined as T&, otherwise decltype(e) is defined as T.
John McCall086a4642010-11-24 05:12:34 +00002729 if (e->isLValue())
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002730 T = Context.getLValueReferenceType(T);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002731
Anders Carlssonad6bd352009-06-24 21:24:56 +00002732 return T;
2733}
2734
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002735/// getDecltypeType - Unlike many "get<Type>" functions, we don't unique
2736/// DecltypeType AST's. The only motivation to unique these nodes would be
2737/// memory savings. Since decltype(t) is fairly uncommon, space shouldn't be
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002738/// an issue. This doesn't effect the type checker, since it operates
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002739/// on canonical type's (which are always unique).
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002740QualType ASTContext::getDecltypeType(Expr *e) const {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002741 DecltypeType *dt;
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002742 if (e->isTypeDependent()) {
2743 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2744 DependentDecltypeType::Profile(ID, *this, e);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002745
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002746 void *InsertPos = 0;
2747 DependentDecltypeType *Canon
2748 = DependentDecltypeTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
2749 if (Canon) {
2750 // We already have a "canonical" version of an equivalent, dependent
2751 // decltype type. Use that as our canonical type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002752 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, DependentTy,
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002753 QualType((DecltypeType*)Canon, 0));
2754 }
2755 else {
2756 // Build a new, canonical typeof(expr) type.
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002757 Canon = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DependentDecltypeType(*this, e);
Douglas Gregora21f6c32009-07-30 23:36:40 +00002758 DependentDecltypeTypes.InsertNode(Canon, InsertPos);
2759 dt = Canon;
2760 }
2761 } else {
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002762 QualType T = getDecltypeForExpr(e, *this);
John McCall90d1c2d2009-09-24 23:30:46 +00002763 dt = new (*this, TypeAlignment) DecltypeType(e, T, getCanonicalType(T));
Douglas Gregorabd68132009-07-08 00:03:05 +00002764 }
Anders Carlsson81df7b82009-06-24 19:06:50 +00002765 Types.push_back(dt);
2766 return QualType(dt, 0);
2767}
2768
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00002769/// getAutoType - We only unique auto types after they've been deduced.
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002770QualType ASTContext::getAutoType(QualType DeducedType) const {
Richard Smithb2bc2e62011-02-21 20:05:19 +00002771 void *InsertPos = 0;
2772 if (!DeducedType.isNull()) {
2773 // Look in the folding set for an existing type.
2774 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
2775 AutoType::Profile(ID, DeducedType);
2776 if (AutoType *AT = AutoTypes.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos))
2777 return QualType(AT, 0);
2778 }
2779
2780 AutoType *AT = new (*this, TypeAlignment) AutoType(DeducedType);
2781 Types.push_back(AT);
2782 if (InsertPos)
2783 AutoTypes.InsertNode(AT, InsertPos);
2784 return QualType(AT, 0);
Richard Smith30482bc2011-02-20 03:19:35 +00002785}
2786
Richard Smith02e85f32011-04-14 22:09:26 +00002787/// getAutoDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto'.
2788QualType ASTContext::getAutoDeductType() const {
2789 if (AutoDeductTy.isNull())
2790 AutoDeductTy = getAutoType(QualType());
2791 assert(!AutoDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto' pattern");
2792 return AutoDeductTy;
2793}
2794
2795/// getAutoRRefDeductType - Get type pattern for deducing against 'auto &&'.
2796QualType ASTContext::getAutoRRefDeductType() const {
2797 if (AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull())
2798 AutoRRefDeductTy = getRValueReferenceType(getAutoDeductType());
2799 assert(!AutoRRefDeductTy.isNull() && "can't build 'auto &&' pattern");
2800 return AutoRRefDeductTy;
2801}
2802
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002803/// getTagDeclType - Return the unique reference to the type for the
2804/// specified TagDecl (struct/union/class/enum) decl.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002805QualType ASTContext::getTagDeclType(const TagDecl *Decl) const {
Ted Kremenek2b0ce112007-11-26 21:16:01 +00002806 assert (Decl);
Mike Stumpb93185d2009-08-07 18:05:12 +00002807 // FIXME: What is the design on getTagDeclType when it requires casting
2808 // away const? mutable?
2809 return getTypeDeclType(const_cast<TagDecl*>(Decl));
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002810}
2811
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00002812/// getSizeType - Return the unique type for "size_t" (C99 7.17), the result
2813/// of the sizeof operator (C99 6.5.3.4p4). The value is target dependent and
2814/// needs to agree with the definition in <stddef.h>.
Anders Carlsson22f443f2009-12-12 00:26:23 +00002815CanQualType ASTContext::getSizeType() const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002816 return getFromTargetType(Target.getSizeType());
Steve Naroff92e30f82007-04-02 22:35:25 +00002817}
Chris Lattnerfb072462007-01-23 05:45:31 +00002818
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40e9e482008-08-09 16:51:54 +00002819/// getSignedWCharType - Return the type of "signed wchar_t".
2820/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2821QualType ASTContext::getSignedWCharType() const {
2822 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2823 return WCharTy;
2824}
2825
2826/// getUnsignedWCharType - Return the type of "unsigned wchar_t".
2827/// Used when in C++, as a GCC extension.
2828QualType ASTContext::getUnsignedWCharType() const {
2829 // FIXME: derive from "Target" ?
2830 return UnsignedIntTy;
2831}
2832
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002833/// getPointerDiffType - Return the unique type for "ptrdiff_t" (ref?)
2834/// defined in <stddef.h>. Pointer - pointer requires this (C99 6.5.6p9).
2835QualType ASTContext::getPointerDiffType() const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00002836 return getFromTargetType(Target.getPtrDiffType(0));
Chris Lattnerd2b88ab2007-07-13 03:05:23 +00002837}
2838
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00002839//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2840// Type Operators
2841//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2842
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002843CanQualType ASTContext::getCanonicalParamType(QualType T) const {
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002844 // Push qualifiers into arrays, and then discard any remaining
2845 // qualifiers.
2846 T = getCanonicalType(T);
Fariborz Jahanian8fb87ae2010-09-24 17:30:16 +00002847 T = getVariableArrayDecayedType(T);
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002848 const Type *Ty = T.getTypePtr();
John McCallfc93cf92009-10-22 22:37:11 +00002849 QualType Result;
2850 if (isa<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
2851 Result = getArrayDecayedType(QualType(Ty,0));
2852 } else if (isa<FunctionType>(Ty)) {
2853 Result = getPointerType(QualType(Ty, 0));
2854 } else {
2855 Result = QualType(Ty, 0);
2856 }
2857
2858 return CanQualType::CreateUnsafe(Result);
2859}
2860
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002861
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002862QualType ASTContext::getUnqualifiedArrayType(QualType type,
2863 Qualifiers &quals) {
2864 SplitQualType splitType = type.getSplitUnqualifiedType();
2865
2866 // FIXME: getSplitUnqualifiedType() actually walks all the way to
2867 // the unqualified desugared type and then drops it on the floor.
2868 // We then have to strip that sugar back off with
2869 // getUnqualifiedDesugaredType(), which is silly.
2870 const ArrayType *AT =
2871 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(splitType.first->getUnqualifiedDesugaredType());
2872
2873 // If we don't have an array, just use the results in splitType.
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002874 if (!AT) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002875 quals = splitType.second;
2876 return QualType(splitType.first, 0);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002877 }
2878
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002879 // Otherwise, recurse on the array's element type.
2880 QualType elementType = AT->getElementType();
2881 QualType unqualElementType = getUnqualifiedArrayType(elementType, quals);
2882
2883 // If that didn't change the element type, AT has no qualifiers, so we
2884 // can just use the results in splitType.
2885 if (elementType == unqualElementType) {
2886 assert(quals.empty()); // from the recursive call
2887 quals = splitType.second;
2888 return QualType(splitType.first, 0);
2889 }
2890
2891 // Otherwise, add in the qualifiers from the outermost type, then
2892 // build the type back up.
2893 quals.addConsistentQualifiers(splitType.second);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002894
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002895 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002896 return getConstantArrayType(unqualElementType, CAT->getSize(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002897 CAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
2898 }
2899
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002900 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002901 return getIncompleteArrayType(unqualElementType, IAT->getSizeModifier(), 0);
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002902 }
2903
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002904 if (const VariableArrayType *VAT = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(AT)) {
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002905 return getVariableArrayType(unqualElementType,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00002906 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor3b05bdb2010-05-17 18:45:21 +00002907 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
2908 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
2909 VAT->getBracketsRange());
2910 }
2911
2912 const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT = cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(AT);
John McCall6c9dd522011-01-18 07:41:22 +00002913 return getDependentSizedArrayType(unqualElementType, DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chandler Carruth607f38e2009-12-29 07:16:59 +00002914 DSAT->getSizeModifier(), 0,
2915 SourceRange());
2916}
2917
Douglas Gregor1fc3d662010-06-09 03:53:18 +00002918/// UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes - If T1 and T2 are pointer types that
2919/// may be similar (C++ 4.4), replaces T1 and T2 with the type that
2920/// they point to and return true. If T1 and T2 aren't pointer types
2921/// or pointer-to-member types, or if they are not similar at this
2922/// level, returns false and leaves T1 and T2 unchanged. Top-level
2923/// qualifiers on T1 and T2 are ignored. This function will typically
2924/// be called in a loop that successively "unwraps" pointer and
2925/// pointer-to-member types to compare them at each level.
2926bool ASTContext::UnwrapSimilarPointerTypes(QualType &T1, QualType &T2) {
2927 const PointerType *T1PtrType = T1->getAs<PointerType>(),
2928 *T2PtrType = T2->getAs<PointerType>();
2929 if (T1PtrType && T2PtrType) {
2930 T1 = T1PtrType->getPointeeType();
2931 T2 = T2PtrType->getPointeeType();
2932 return true;
2933 }
2934
2935 const MemberPointerType *T1MPType = T1->getAs<MemberPointerType>(),
2936 *T2MPType = T2->getAs<MemberPointerType>();
2937 if (T1MPType && T2MPType &&
2938 hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(T1MPType->getClass(), 0),
2939 QualType(T2MPType->getClass(), 0))) {
2940 T1 = T1MPType->getPointeeType();
2941 T2 = T2MPType->getPointeeType();
2942 return true;
2943 }
2944
2945 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1) {
2946 const ObjCObjectPointerType *T1OPType = T1->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
2947 *T2OPType = T2->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
2948 if (T1OPType && T2OPType) {
2949 T1 = T1OPType->getPointeeType();
2950 T2 = T2OPType->getPointeeType();
2951 return true;
2952 }
2953 }
2954
2955 // FIXME: Block pointers, too?
2956
2957 return false;
2958}
2959
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002960DeclarationNameInfo
2961ASTContext::getNameForTemplate(TemplateName Name,
2962 SourceLocation NameLoc) const {
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002963 if (TemplateDecl *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl())
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002964 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2965 return DeclarationNameInfo(TD->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
2966
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002967 if (DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002968 DeclarationName DName;
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002969 if (DTN->isIdentifier()) {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002970 DName = DeclarationNames.getIdentifier(DTN->getIdentifier());
2971 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002972 } else {
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002973 DName = DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(DTN->getOperator());
2974 // DNInfo work in progress: FIXME: source locations?
2975 DeclarationNameLoc DNLoc;
2976 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2977 DNLoc.CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc = SourceLocation().getRawEncoding();
2978 return DeclarationNameInfo(DName, NameLoc, DNLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002979 }
2980 }
2981
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00002982 OverloadedTemplateStorage *Storage = Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate();
2983 assert(Storage);
Abramo Bagnarad6d2f182010-08-11 22:01:17 +00002984 // DNInfo work in progress: CHECKME: what about DNLoc?
2985 return DeclarationNameInfo((*Storage->begin())->getDeclName(), NameLoc);
John McCall847e2a12009-11-24 18:42:40 +00002986}
2987
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00002988TemplateName ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateName(TemplateName Name) const {
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002989 if (TemplateDecl *Template = Name.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
2990 if (TemplateTemplateParmDecl *TTP
2991 = dyn_cast<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(Template))
2992 Template = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(TTP);
2993
2994 // The canonical template name is the canonical template declaration.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6b7e3762009-07-18 00:34:25 +00002995 return TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(Template->getCanonicalDecl()));
Douglas Gregor7dbfb462010-06-16 21:09:37 +00002996 }
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00002997
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00002998 if (SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *SubstPack
2999 = Name.getAsSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack()) {
3000 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *CanonParam
3001 = getCanonicalTemplateTemplateParmDecl(SubstPack->getParameterPack());
3002 TemplateArgument CanonArgPack
3003 = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(SubstPack->getArgumentPack());
3004 return getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(CanonParam, CanonArgPack);
3005 }
3006
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00003007 assert(!Name.getAsOverloadedTemplate());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003008
Douglas Gregor6bc50582009-05-07 06:41:52 +00003009 DependentTemplateName *DTN = Name.getAsDependentTemplateName();
3010 assert(DTN && "Non-dependent template names must refer to template decls.");
3011 return DTN->CanonicalTemplateName;
3012}
3013
Douglas Gregoradee3e32009-11-11 23:06:43 +00003014bool ASTContext::hasSameTemplateName(TemplateName X, TemplateName Y) {
3015 X = getCanonicalTemplateName(X);
3016 Y = getCanonicalTemplateName(Y);
3017 return X.getAsVoidPointer() == Y.getAsVoidPointer();
3018}
3019
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003020TemplateArgument
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003021ASTContext::getCanonicalTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg) const {
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003022 switch (Arg.getKind()) {
3023 case TemplateArgument::Null:
3024 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003025
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003026 case TemplateArgument::Expression:
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003027 return Arg;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003028
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003029 case TemplateArgument::Declaration:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003030 return TemplateArgument(Arg.getAsDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003031
Douglas Gregor9167f8b2009-11-11 01:00:40 +00003032 case TemplateArgument::Template:
3033 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(Arg.getAsTemplate()));
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003034
3035 case TemplateArgument::TemplateExpansion:
3036 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalTemplateName(
3037 Arg.getAsTemplateOrTemplatePattern()),
Douglas Gregore1d60df2011-01-14 23:41:42 +00003038 Arg.getNumTemplateExpansions());
Douglas Gregore4ff4b52011-01-05 18:58:31 +00003039
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003040 case TemplateArgument::Integral:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003041 return TemplateArgument(*Arg.getAsIntegral(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003042 getCanonicalType(Arg.getIntegralType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003043
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003044 case TemplateArgument::Type:
John McCall0ad16662009-10-29 08:12:44 +00003045 return TemplateArgument(getCanonicalType(Arg.getAsType()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003046
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003047 case TemplateArgument::Pack: {
Douglas Gregor0192c232010-12-20 16:52:59 +00003048 if (Arg.pack_size() == 0)
3049 return Arg;
3050
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003051 TemplateArgument *CanonArgs
3052 = new (*this) TemplateArgument[Arg.pack_size()];
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003053 unsigned Idx = 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003054 for (TemplateArgument::pack_iterator A = Arg.pack_begin(),
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003055 AEnd = Arg.pack_end();
3056 A != AEnd; (void)++A, ++Idx)
3057 CanonArgs[Idx] = getCanonicalTemplateArgument(*A);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003058
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00003059 return TemplateArgument(CanonArgs, Arg.pack_size());
Douglas Gregora8e02e72009-07-28 23:00:59 +00003060 }
3061 }
3062
3063 // Silence GCC warning
3064 assert(false && "Unhandled template argument kind");
3065 return TemplateArgument();
3066}
3067
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003068NestedNameSpecifier *
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003069ASTContext::getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS) const {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003070 if (!NNS)
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003071 return 0;
3072
3073 switch (NNS->getKind()) {
3074 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier:
3075 // Canonicalize the prefix but keep the identifier the same.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003076 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this,
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003077 getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS->getPrefix()),
3078 NNS->getAsIdentifier());
3079
3080 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace:
3081 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3082 // this namespace and no prefix.
Douglas Gregor7b26ff92011-02-24 02:36:08 +00003083 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3084 NNS->getAsNamespace()->getOriginalNamespace());
3085
3086 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias:
3087 // A namespace is canonical; build a nested-name-specifier with
3088 // this namespace and no prefix.
3089 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0,
3090 NNS->getAsNamespaceAlias()->getNamespace()
3091 ->getOriginalNamespace());
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003092
3093 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec:
3094 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: {
3095 QualType T = getCanonicalType(QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0));
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003096
3097 // If we have some kind of dependent-named type (e.g., "typename T::type"),
3098 // break it apart into its prefix and identifier, then reconsititute those
3099 // as the canonical nested-name-specifier. This is required to canonicalize
3100 // a dependent nested-name-specifier involving typedefs of dependent-name
3101 // types, e.g.,
3102 // typedef typename T::type T1;
3103 // typedef typename T1::type T2;
3104 if (const DependentNameType *DNT = T->getAs<DependentNameType>()) {
3105 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
3106 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DNT->getQualifier());
3107 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, Prefix,
3108 const_cast<IdentifierInfo *>(DNT->getIdentifier()));
3109 }
3110
Douglas Gregorcc10cbf2010-11-04 00:14:23 +00003111 // Do the same thing as above, but with dependent-named specializations.
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003112 if (const DependentTemplateSpecializationType *DTST
3113 = T->getAs<DependentTemplateSpecializationType>()) {
3114 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix
3115 = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(DTST->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregor6e068012011-02-28 00:04:36 +00003116
3117 T = getDependentTemplateSpecializationType(DTST->getKeyword(),
3118 Prefix, DTST->getIdentifier(),
3119 DTST->getNumArgs(),
3120 DTST->getArgs());
Douglas Gregor3ade5702010-11-04 00:09:33 +00003121 T = getCanonicalType(T);
3122 }
3123
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003124 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(*this, 0, false,
3125 const_cast<Type*>(T.getTypePtr()));
Douglas Gregor333489b2009-03-27 23:10:48 +00003126 }
3127
3128 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global:
3129 // The global specifier is canonical and unique.
3130 return NNS;
3131 }
3132
3133 // Required to silence a GCC warning
3134 return 0;
3135}
3136
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003137
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003138const ArrayType *ASTContext::getAsArrayType(QualType T) const {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003139 // Handle the non-qualified case efficiently.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00003140 if (!T.hasLocalQualifiers()) {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003141 // Handle the common positive case fast.
3142 if (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T))
3143 return AT;
3144 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003145
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003146 // Handle the common negative case fast.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003147 if (!isa<ArrayType>(T.getCanonicalType()))
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003148 return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003149
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003150 // Apply any qualifiers from the array type to the element type. This
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003151 // implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of an array type includes
3152 // any type qualifiers, the element type is so qualified, not the array type."
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003153
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003154 // If we get here, we either have type qualifiers on the type, or we have
3155 // sugar such as a typedef in the way. If we have type qualifiers on the type
Douglas Gregor2211d342009-08-05 05:36:45 +00003156 // we must propagate them down into the element type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003157
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003158 SplitQualType split = T.getSplitDesugaredType();
3159 Qualifiers qs = split.second;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003160
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003161 // If we have a simple case, just return now.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003162 const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(split.first);
3163 if (ATy == 0 || qs.empty())
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003164 return ATy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003165
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003166 // Otherwise, we have an array and we have qualifiers on it. Push the
3167 // qualifiers into the array element type and return a new array type.
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003168 QualType NewEltTy = getQualifiedType(ATy->getElementType(), qs);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003169
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003170 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(ATy))
3171 return cast<ArrayType>(getConstantArrayType(NewEltTy, CAT->getSize(),
3172 CAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003173 CAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003174 if (const IncompleteArrayType *IAT = dyn_cast<IncompleteArrayType>(ATy))
3175 return cast<ArrayType>(getIncompleteArrayType(NewEltTy,
3176 IAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003177 IAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers()));
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003178
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003179 if (const DependentSizedArrayType *DSAT
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003180 = dyn_cast<DependentSizedArrayType>(ATy))
3181 return cast<ArrayType>(
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003182 getDependentSizedArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003183 DSAT->getSizeExpr(),
Douglas Gregor4619e432008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003184 DSAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003185 DSAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003186 DSAT->getBracketsRange()));
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003187
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003188 const VariableArrayType *VAT = cast<VariableArrayType>(ATy);
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003189 return cast<ArrayType>(getVariableArrayType(NewEltTy,
John McCallc3007a22010-10-26 07:05:15 +00003190 VAT->getSizeExpr(),
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003191 VAT->getSizeModifier(),
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003192 VAT->getIndexTypeCVRQualifiers(),
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00003193 VAT->getBracketsRange()));
Chris Lattnered0d0792008-04-06 22:41:35 +00003194}
3195
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003196/// getArrayDecayedType - Return the properly qualified result of decaying the
3197/// specified array type to a pointer. This operation is non-trivial when
3198/// handling typedefs etc. The canonical type of "T" must be an array type,
3199/// this returns a pointer to a properly qualified element of the array.
3200///
3201/// See C99 6.7.5.3p7 and C99 6.3.2.1p3.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003202QualType ASTContext::getArrayDecayedType(QualType Ty) const {
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003203 // Get the element type with 'getAsArrayType' so that we don't lose any
3204 // typedefs in the element type of the array. This also handles propagation
3205 // of type qualifiers from the array type into the element type if present
3206 // (C99 6.7.3p8).
3207 const ArrayType *PrettyArrayType = getAsArrayType(Ty);
3208 assert(PrettyArrayType && "Not an array type!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003209
Chris Lattner7adf0762008-08-04 07:31:14 +00003210 QualType PtrTy = getPointerType(PrettyArrayType->getElementType());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003211
3212 // int x[restrict 4] -> int *restrict
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003213 return getQualifiedType(PtrTy, PrettyArrayType->getIndexTypeQualifiers());
Chris Lattnera21ad802008-04-02 05:18:44 +00003214}
3215
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003216QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(const ArrayType *array) const {
3217 return getBaseElementType(array->getElementType());
Douglas Gregor79f83ed2009-07-23 23:49:00 +00003218}
3219
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003220QualType ASTContext::getBaseElementType(QualType type) const {
3221 Qualifiers qs;
3222 while (true) {
3223 SplitQualType split = type.getSplitDesugaredType();
3224 const ArrayType *array = split.first->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe();
3225 if (!array) break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003226
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003227 type = array->getElementType();
3228 qs.addConsistentQualifiers(split.second);
3229 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003230
John McCall33ddac02011-01-19 10:06:00 +00003231 return getQualifiedType(type, qs);
Anders Carlssone0808df2008-12-21 03:44:36 +00003232}
3233
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003234/// getConstantArrayElementCount - Returns number of constant array elements.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003235uint64_t
Fariborz Jahanian6c9e5a22009-08-21 16:31:06 +00003236ASTContext::getConstantArrayElementCount(const ConstantArrayType *CA) const {
3237 uint64_t ElementCount = 1;
3238 do {
3239 ElementCount *= CA->getSize().getZExtValue();
3240 CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(CA->getElementType());
3241 } while (CA);
3242 return ElementCount;
3243}
3244
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00003245/// getFloatingRank - Return a relative rank for floating point types.
3246/// This routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't a float.
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003247static FloatingRank getFloatingRank(QualType T) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003248 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>())
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00003249 return getFloatingRank(CT->getElementType());
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003250
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00003251 assert(T->getAs<BuiltinType>() && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
3252 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003253 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): not a floating type");
Chris Lattnerc6395932007-06-22 20:56:16 +00003254 case BuiltinType::Float: return FloatRank;
3255 case BuiltinType::Double: return DoubleRank;
3256 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return LongDoubleRank;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00003257 }
3258}
3259
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003260/// getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain - Returns a real floating
3261/// point or a complex type (based on typeDomain/typeSize).
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00003262/// 'typeDomain' is a real floating point or complex type.
3263/// 'typeSize' is a real floating point or complex type.
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003264QualType ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(QualType Size,
3265 QualType Domain) const {
3266 FloatingRank EltRank = getFloatingRank(Size);
3267 if (Domain->isComplexType()) {
3268 switch (EltRank) {
Steve Narofffc6ffa22007-08-27 01:41:48 +00003269 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00003270 case FloatRank: return FloatComplexTy;
3271 case DoubleRank: return DoubleComplexTy;
3272 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleComplexTy;
3273 }
Steve Naroff0af91202007-04-27 21:51:21 +00003274 }
Chris Lattnerb9dfb032008-04-06 23:58:54 +00003275
3276 assert(Domain->isRealFloatingType() && "Unknown domain!");
3277 switch (EltRank) {
3278 default: assert(0 && "getFloatingRank(): illegal value for rank");
3279 case FloatRank: return FloatTy;
3280 case DoubleRank: return DoubleTy;
3281 case LongDoubleRank: return LongDoubleTy;
Steve Naroff9091ef72007-08-27 01:27:54 +00003282 }
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00003283}
3284
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003285/// getFloatingTypeOrder - Compare the rank of the two specified floating
3286/// point types, ignoring the domain of the type (i.e. 'double' ==
3287/// '_Complex double'). If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003288/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003289int ASTContext::getFloatingTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003290 FloatingRank LHSR = getFloatingRank(LHS);
3291 FloatingRank RHSR = getFloatingRank(RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003292
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003293 if (LHSR == RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00003294 return 0;
Chris Lattnerb90739d2008-04-06 23:38:49 +00003295 if (LHSR > RHSR)
Steve Naroff7af82d42007-08-27 15:30:22 +00003296 return 1;
3297 return -1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00003298}
3299
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003300/// getIntegerRank - Return an integer conversion rank (C99 6.3.1.1p1). This
3301/// routine will assert if passed a built-in type that isn't an integer or enum,
3302/// or if it is not canonicalized.
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003303unsigned ASTContext::getIntegerRank(const Type *T) const {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00003304 assert(T->isCanonicalUnqualified() && "T should be canonicalized");
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003305 if (const EnumType* ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003306 T = ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType().getTypePtr();
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003307
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +00003308 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar_S) ||
3309 T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::WChar_U))
Eli Friedmanc131d3b2009-07-05 23:44:27 +00003310 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getWCharType()).getTypePtr();
3311
Alisdair Mereditha9ad47d2009-07-14 06:30:34 +00003312 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char16))
3313 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar16Type()).getTypePtr();
3314
3315 if (T->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Char32))
3316 T = getFromTargetType(Target.getChar32Type()).getTypePtr();
3317
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003318 switch (cast<BuiltinType>(T)->getKind()) {
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003319 default: assert(0 && "getIntegerRank(): not a built-in integer");
3320 case BuiltinType::Bool:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003321 return 1 + (getIntWidth(BoolTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003322 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
3323 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
3324 case BuiltinType::SChar:
3325 case BuiltinType::UChar:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003326 return 2 + (getIntWidth(CharTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003327 case BuiltinType::Short:
3328 case BuiltinType::UShort:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003329 return 3 + (getIntWidth(ShortTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003330 case BuiltinType::Int:
3331 case BuiltinType::UInt:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003332 return 4 + (getIntWidth(IntTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003333 case BuiltinType::Long:
3334 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003335 return 5 + (getIntWidth(LongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003336 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
3337 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00003338 return 6 + (getIntWidth(LongLongTy) << 3);
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00003339 case BuiltinType::Int128:
3340 case BuiltinType::UInt128:
3341 return 7 + (getIntWidth(Int128Ty) << 3);
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003342 }
3343}
3344
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003345/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
3346/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2 (and GCC extensions).
3347///
3348/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
3349/// promotion occurs.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003350QualType ASTContext::isPromotableBitField(Expr *E) const {
Douglas Gregore05d3cb2010-05-24 20:13:53 +00003351 if (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent())
3352 return QualType();
3353
Eli Friedman629ffb92009-08-20 04:21:42 +00003354 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
3355 if (!Field)
3356 return QualType();
3357
3358 QualType FT = Field->getType();
3359
3360 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP = Field->getBitWidth()->EvaluateAsInt(*this);
3361 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
3362 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3363 // GCC extension compatibility: if the bit-field size is less than or equal
3364 // to the size of int, it gets promoted no matter what its type is.
3365 // For instance, unsigned long bf : 4 gets promoted to signed int.
3366 if (BitWidth < IntSize)
3367 return IntTy;
3368
3369 if (BitWidth == IntSize)
3370 return FT->isSignedIntegerType() ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3371
3372 // Types bigger than int are not subject to promotions, and therefore act
3373 // like the base type.
3374 // FIXME: This doesn't quite match what gcc does, but what gcc does here
3375 // is ridiculous.
3376 return QualType();
3377}
3378
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003379/// getPromotedIntegerType - Returns the type that Promotable will
3380/// promote to: C99 6.3.1.1p2, assuming that Promotable is a promotable
3381/// integer type.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003382QualType ASTContext::getPromotedIntegerType(QualType Promotable) const {
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003383 assert(!Promotable.isNull());
3384 assert(Promotable->isPromotableIntegerType());
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00003385 if (const EnumType *ET = Promotable->getAs<EnumType>())
3386 return ET->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00003387 if (Promotable->isSignedIntegerType())
3388 return IntTy;
3389 uint64_t PromotableSize = getTypeSize(Promotable);
3390 uint64_t IntSize = getTypeSize(IntTy);
3391 assert(Promotable->isUnsignedIntegerType() && PromotableSize <= IntSize);
3392 return (PromotableSize != IntSize) ? IntTy : UnsignedIntTy;
3393}
3394
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003395/// getIntegerTypeOrder - Returns the highest ranked integer type:
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003396/// C99 6.3.1.8p1. If LHS > RHS, return 1. If LHS == RHS, return 0. If
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003397/// LHS < RHS, return -1.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003398int ASTContext::getIntegerTypeOrder(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00003399 const Type *LHSC = getCanonicalType(LHS).getTypePtr();
3400 const Type *RHSC = getCanonicalType(RHS).getTypePtr();
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003401 if (LHSC == RHSC) return 0;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003402
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003403 bool LHSUnsigned = LHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
3404 bool RHSUnsigned = RHSC->isUnsignedIntegerType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003405
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003406 unsigned LHSRank = getIntegerRank(LHSC);
3407 unsigned RHSRank = getIntegerRank(RHSC);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003408
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003409 if (LHSUnsigned == RHSUnsigned) { // Both signed or both unsigned.
3410 if (LHSRank == RHSRank) return 0;
3411 return LHSRank > RHSRank ? 1 : -1;
3412 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003413
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003414 // Otherwise, the LHS is signed and the RHS is unsigned or visa versa.
3415 if (LHSUnsigned) {
3416 // If the unsigned [LHS] type is larger, return it.
3417 if (LHSRank >= RHSRank)
3418 return 1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003419
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003420 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3421 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003422 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003423 return -1;
3424 }
Chris Lattner76a00cf2008-04-06 22:59:24 +00003425
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003426 // If the unsigned [RHS] type is larger, return it.
3427 if (RHSRank >= LHSRank)
3428 return -1;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003429
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003430 // If the signed type can represent all values of the unsigned type, it
3431 // wins. Because we are dealing with 2's complement and types that are
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003432 // powers of two larger than each other, this is always safe.
Chris Lattnerd4bacd62008-04-06 23:55:33 +00003433 return 1;
Steve Naroffe4718892007-04-27 18:30:00 +00003434}
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003435
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003436static RecordDecl *
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003437CreateRecordDecl(const ASTContext &Ctx, RecordDecl::TagKind TK,
3438 DeclContext *DC, IdentifierInfo *Id) {
3439 SourceLocation Loc;
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003440 if (Ctx.getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003441 return CXXRecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003442 else
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003443 return RecordDecl::Create(Ctx, TK, DC, Loc, Loc, Id);
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003444}
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003445
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003446// getCFConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant CFStrings.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003447QualType ASTContext::getCFConstantStringType() const {
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003448 if (!CFConstantStringTypeDecl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003449 CFConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003450 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003451 &Idents.get("NSConstantString"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003452 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003453
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003454 QualType FieldTypes[4];
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003455
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003456 // const int *isa;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003457 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson9c1011c2007-11-19 00:25:30 +00003458 // int flags;
3459 FieldTypes[1] = IntTy;
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003460 // const char *str;
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00003461 FieldTypes[2] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003462 // long length;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003463 FieldTypes[3] = LongTy;
3464
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003465 // Create fields
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003466 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003467 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, CFConstantStringTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003468 SourceLocation(),
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003469 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003470 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003471 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003472 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003473 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003474 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003475 }
3476
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003477 CFConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003478 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003479
Anders Carlsson98f07902007-08-17 05:31:46 +00003480 return getTagDeclType(CFConstantStringTypeDecl);
Gabor Greif412af032007-09-11 15:32:40 +00003481}
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00003482
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003483void ASTContext::setCFConstantStringType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003484 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003485 assert(Rec && "Invalid CFConstantStringType");
3486 CFConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3487}
3488
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003489// getNSConstantStringType - Return the type used for constant NSStrings.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003490QualType ASTContext::getNSConstantStringType() const {
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003491 if (!NSConstantStringTypeDecl) {
3492 NSConstantStringTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003493 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003494 &Idents.get("__builtin_NSString"));
3495 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->startDefinition();
3496
3497 QualType FieldTypes[3];
3498
3499 // const int *isa;
3500 FieldTypes[0] = getPointerType(IntTy.withConst());
3501 // const char *str;
3502 FieldTypes[1] = getPointerType(CharTy.withConst());
3503 // unsigned int length;
3504 FieldTypes[2] = UnsignedIntTy;
3505
3506 // Create fields
3507 for (unsigned i = 0; i < 3; ++i) {
3508 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, NSConstantStringTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003509 SourceLocation(),
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003510 SourceLocation(), 0,
3511 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
3512 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3513 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003514 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Fariborz Jahaniane804c282010-04-23 17:41:07 +00003515 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
3516 }
3517
3518 NSConstantStringTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
3519 }
3520
3521 return getTagDeclType(NSConstantStringTypeDecl);
3522}
3523
3524void ASTContext::setNSConstantStringType(QualType T) {
3525 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3526 assert(Rec && "Invalid NSConstantStringType");
3527 NSConstantStringTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3528}
3529
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003530QualType ASTContext::getObjCFastEnumerationStateType() const {
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003531 if (!ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl) {
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003532 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl =
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003533 CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003534 &Idents.get("__objcFastEnumerationState"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003535 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->startDefinition();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003536
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003537 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3538 UnsignedLongTy,
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003539 getPointerType(ObjCIdTypedefType),
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003540 getPointerType(UnsignedLongTy),
3541 getConstantArrayType(UnsignedLongTy,
3542 llvm::APInt(32, 5), ArrayType::Normal, 0)
3543 };
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003544
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003545 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003546 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this,
3547 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl,
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003548 SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003549 SourceLocation(), 0,
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003550 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003551 /*BitWidth=*/0,
Douglas Gregor6e6ad602009-01-20 01:17:11 +00003552 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003553 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003554 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->addDecl(Field);
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00003555 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003556
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003557 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl->completeDefinition();
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003558 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003559
Anders Carlssond89ba7d2008-08-30 19:34:46 +00003560 return getTagDeclType(ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl);
3561}
3562
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003563QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorType() const {
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003564 if (BlockDescriptorType)
3565 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3566
3567 RecordDecl *T;
3568 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003569 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003570 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003571 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003572
3573 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3574 UnsignedLongTy,
3575 UnsignedLongTy,
3576 };
3577
3578 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3579 "reserved",
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003580 "Size"
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003581 };
3582
3583 for (size_t i = 0; i < 2; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003584 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003585 SourceLocation(),
3586 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003587 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003588 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3589 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003590 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003591 T->addDecl(Field);
3592 }
3593
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003594 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpd0153282009-10-20 02:12:22 +00003595
3596 BlockDescriptorType = T;
3597
3598 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorType);
3599}
3600
3601void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorType(QualType T) {
3602 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3603 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3604 BlockDescriptorType = Rec->getDecl();
3605}
3606
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003607QualType ASTContext::getBlockDescriptorExtendedType() const {
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003608 if (BlockDescriptorExtendedType)
3609 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3610
3611 RecordDecl *T;
3612 // FIXME: Needs the FlagAppleBlock bit.
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003613 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl,
Anders Carlsson6d417272009-11-14 21:45:58 +00003614 &Idents.get("__block_descriptor_withcopydispose"));
John McCallae580fe2010-02-05 01:33:36 +00003615 T->startDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003616
3617 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3618 UnsignedLongTy,
3619 UnsignedLongTy,
3620 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3621 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy)
3622 };
3623
3624 const char *FieldNames[] = {
3625 "reserved",
3626 "Size",
3627 "CopyFuncPtr",
3628 "DestroyFuncPtr"
3629 };
3630
3631 for (size_t i = 0; i < 4; ++i) {
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003632 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003633 SourceLocation(),
3634 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003635 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003636 /*BitWidth=*/0,
3637 /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003638 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003639 T->addDecl(Field);
3640 }
3641
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003642 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stumpe1b19ba2009-10-22 00:49:09 +00003643
3644 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = T;
3645
3646 return getTagDeclType(BlockDescriptorExtendedType);
3647}
3648
3649void ASTContext::setBlockDescriptorExtendedType(QualType T) {
3650 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
3651 assert(Rec && "Invalid BlockDescriptorType");
3652 BlockDescriptorExtendedType = Rec->getDecl();
3653}
3654
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003655bool ASTContext::BlockRequiresCopying(QualType Ty) const {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003656 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
3657 return true;
3658 if (isObjCNSObjectType(Ty))
3659 return true;
3660 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3661 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniana00076c2010-11-17 00:21:28 +00003662 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3663 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3664 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
3665 return RD->hasConstCopyConstructor(*this);
3666
3667 }
3668 }
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003669 return false;
3670}
3671
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003672QualType
3673ASTContext::BuildByRefType(llvm::StringRef DeclName, QualType Ty) const {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003674 // type = struct __Block_byref_1_X {
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003675 // void *__isa;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003676 // struct __Block_byref_1_X *__forwarding;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003677 // unsigned int __flags;
3678 // unsigned int __size;
Eli Friedman04831922010-08-22 01:00:03 +00003679 // void *__copy_helper; // as needed
3680 // void *__destroy_help // as needed
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003681 // int X;
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003682 // } *
3683
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003684 bool HasCopyAndDispose = BlockRequiresCopying(Ty);
3685
3686 // FIXME: Move up
Benjamin Kramer1402ce32009-10-24 09:57:09 +00003687 llvm::SmallString<36> Name;
3688 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Name) << "__Block_byref_" <<
3689 ++UniqueBlockByRefTypeID << '_' << DeclName;
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003690 RecordDecl *T;
Abramo Bagnara29c2d462011-03-09 14:09:51 +00003691 T = CreateRecordDecl(*this, TTK_Struct, TUDecl, &Idents.get(Name.str()));
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003692 T->startDefinition();
3693 QualType Int32Ty = IntTy;
3694 assert(getIntWidth(IntTy) == 32 && "non-32bit int not supported");
3695 QualType FieldTypes[] = {
3696 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3697 getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T)),
3698 Int32Ty,
3699 Int32Ty,
3700 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3701 getPointerType(VoidPtrTy),
3702 Ty
3703 };
3704
Daniel Dunbar56df9772010-08-17 22:39:59 +00003705 llvm::StringRef FieldNames[] = {
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003706 "__isa",
3707 "__forwarding",
3708 "__flags",
3709 "__size",
3710 "__copy_helper",
3711 "__destroy_helper",
3712 DeclName,
3713 };
3714
3715 for (size_t i = 0; i < 7; ++i) {
3716 if (!HasCopyAndDispose && i >=4 && i <= 5)
3717 continue;
3718 FieldDecl *Field = FieldDecl::Create(*this, T, SourceLocation(),
Abramo Bagnaradff19302011-03-08 08:55:46 +00003719 SourceLocation(),
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003720 &Idents.get(FieldNames[i]),
John McCallbcd03502009-12-07 02:54:59 +00003721 FieldTypes[i], /*TInfo=*/0,
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003722 /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false);
John McCall4d4dcc82010-04-30 21:35:41 +00003723 Field->setAccess(AS_public);
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003724 T->addDecl(Field);
3725 }
3726
Douglas Gregord5058122010-02-11 01:19:42 +00003727 T->completeDefinition();
Mike Stump94967902009-10-21 18:16:27 +00003728
3729 return getPointerType(getTagDeclType(T));
Mike Stump7fe9cc12009-10-21 03:49:08 +00003730}
3731
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003732void ASTContext::setObjCFastEnumerationStateType(QualType T) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003733 const RecordType *Rec = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Douglas Gregor512b0772009-04-23 22:29:11 +00003734 assert(Rec && "Invalid ObjCFAstEnumerationStateType");
3735 ObjCFastEnumerationStateTypeDecl = Rec->getDecl();
3736}
3737
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003738// This returns true if a type has been typedefed to BOOL:
3739// typedef <type> BOOL;
Chris Lattnere0218992007-10-30 20:27:44 +00003740static bool isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00003741 if (const TypedefType *TT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(T))
Chris Lattner9b1f2792008-11-24 03:52:59 +00003742 if (IdentifierInfo *II = TT->getDecl()->getIdentifier())
3743 return II->isStr("BOOL");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003744
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00003745 return false;
3746}
3747
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003748/// getObjCEncodingTypeSize returns size of type for objective-c encoding
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003749/// purpose.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003750CharUnits ASTContext::getObjCEncodingTypeSize(QualType type) const {
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003751 CharUnits sz = getTypeSizeInChars(type);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003752
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003753 // Make all integer and enum types at least as large as an int
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00003754 if (sz.isPositive() && type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003755 sz = std::max(sz, getTypeSizeInChars(IntTy));
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003756 // Treat arrays as pointers, since that's how they're passed in.
3757 else if (type->isArrayType())
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003758 sz = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003759 return sz;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003760}
3761
3762static inline
3763std::string charUnitsToString(const CharUnits &CU) {
3764 return llvm::itostr(CU.getQuantity());
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003765}
3766
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003767/// getObjCEncodingForBlock - Return the encoded type for this block
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003768/// declaration.
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003769std::string ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForBlock(const BlockExpr *Expr) const {
3770 std::string S;
3771
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003772 const BlockDecl *Decl = Expr->getBlockDecl();
3773 QualType BlockTy =
3774 Expr->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3775 // Encode result type.
John McCall8e346702010-06-04 19:02:56 +00003776 getObjCEncodingForType(BlockTy->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(), S);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003777 // Compute size of all parameters.
3778 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3779 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3780 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003781 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
3782 CharUnits ParmOffset = PtrSize;
Fariborz Jahanian590c3522010-04-08 18:06:22 +00003783 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003784 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3785 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003786 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003787 assert (sz.isPositive() && "BlockExpr - Incomplete param type");
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003788 ParmOffset += sz;
3789 }
3790 // Size of the argument frame
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003791 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003792 // Block pointer and offset.
3793 S += "@?0";
3794 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3795
3796 // Argument types.
3797 ParmOffset = PtrSize;
3798 for (BlockDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(), E =
3799 Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3800 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3801 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3802 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3803 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3804 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3805 // elements.
3806 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3807 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3808 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3809 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3810 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003811 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003812 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003813 }
John McCall351762c2011-02-07 10:33:21 +00003814
3815 return S;
David Chisnall950a9512009-11-17 19:33:30 +00003816}
3817
David Chisnall50e4eba2010-12-30 14:05:53 +00003818void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *Decl,
3819 std::string& S) {
3820 // Encode result type.
3821 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
3822 CharUnits ParmOffset;
3823 // Compute size of all parameters.
3824 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3825 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3826 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
3827 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
3828 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3829 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
3830 ParmOffset += sz;
3831 }
3832 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
3833 ParmOffset = CharUnits::Zero();
3834
3835 // Argument types.
3836 for (FunctionDecl::param_const_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
3837 E = Decl->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
3838 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
3839 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
3840 if (const ArrayType *AT =
3841 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3842 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3843 // elements.
3844 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
3845 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3846 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3847 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3848 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
3849 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
3850 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
3851 }
3852}
3853
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003854/// getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Return the encoded type for this method
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003855/// declaration.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003856void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl(const ObjCMethodDecl *Decl,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003857 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003858 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003859 // Encode type qualifer, 'in', 'inout', etc. for the return type.
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00003860 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003861 // Encode result type.
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003862 getObjCEncodingForType(Decl->getResultType(), S);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003863 // Compute size of all parameters.
3864 // Start with computing size of a pointer in number of bytes.
3865 // FIXME: There might(should) be a better way of doing this computation!
3866 SourceLocation Loc;
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003867 CharUnits PtrSize = getTypeSizeInChars(VoidPtrTy);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003868 // The first two arguments (self and _cmd) are pointers; account for
3869 // their size.
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003870 CharUnits ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003871 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003872 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003873 QualType PType = (*PI)->getType();
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003874 CharUnits sz = getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003875 assert (sz.isPositive() &&
3876 "getObjCEncodingForMethodDecl - Incomplete param type");
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003877 ParmOffset += sz;
3878 }
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003879 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003880 S += "@0:";
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003881 S += charUnitsToString(PtrSize);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003882
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003883 // Argument types.
3884 ParmOffset = 2 * PtrSize;
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003885 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Decl->param_begin(),
Fariborz Jahaniand9235db2010-04-08 21:29:11 +00003886 E = Decl->sel_param_end(); PI != E; ++PI) {
Chris Lattnera4997152009-02-20 18:43:26 +00003887 ParmVarDecl *PVDecl = *PI;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003888 QualType PType = PVDecl->getOriginalType();
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003889 if (const ArrayType *AT =
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003890 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(PType->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
3891 // Use array's original type only if it has known number of
3892 // elements.
Steve Naroff323827e2009-04-14 00:40:09 +00003893 if (!isa<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
Steve Naroffe4e55d22009-04-14 00:03:58 +00003894 PType = PVDecl->getType();
3895 } else if (PType->isFunctionType())
3896 PType = PVDecl->getType();
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00003897 // Process argument qualifiers for user supplied arguments; such as,
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003898 // 'in', 'inout', etc.
Fariborz Jahaniana0befc02008-12-20 23:29:59 +00003899 getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(PVDecl->getObjCDeclQualifier(), S);
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00003900 getObjCEncodingForType(PType, S);
Ken Dyck40775002010-01-11 17:06:35 +00003901 S += charUnitsToString(ParmOffset);
Ken Dyckde37a672010-01-11 19:19:56 +00003902 ParmOffset += getObjCEncodingTypeSize(PType);
Fariborz Jahanian797f24c2007-10-29 22:57:28 +00003903 }
3904}
3905
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003906/// getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl - Return the encoded type for this
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003907/// property declaration. If non-NULL, Container must be either an
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003908/// ObjCCategoryImplDecl or ObjCImplementationDecl; it should only be
3909/// NULL when getting encodings for protocol properties.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003910/// Property attributes are stored as a comma-delimited C string. The simple
3911/// attributes readonly and bycopy are encoded as single characters. The
3912/// parametrized attributes, getter=name, setter=name, and ivar=name, are
3913/// encoded as single characters, followed by an identifier. Property types
3914/// are also encoded as a parametrized attribute. The characters used to encode
Fariborz Jahanian2f85a642009-01-20 20:04:12 +00003915/// these attributes are defined by the following enumeration:
3916/// @code
3917/// enum PropertyAttributes {
3918/// kPropertyReadOnly = 'R', // property is read-only.
3919/// kPropertyBycopy = 'C', // property is a copy of the value last assigned
3920/// kPropertyByref = '&', // property is a reference to the value last assigned
3921/// kPropertyDynamic = 'D', // property is dynamic
3922/// kPropertyGetter = 'G', // followed by getter selector name
3923/// kPropertySetter = 'S', // followed by setter selector name
3924/// kPropertyInstanceVariable = 'V' // followed by instance variable name
3925/// kPropertyType = 't' // followed by old-style type encoding.
3926/// kPropertyWeak = 'W' // 'weak' property
3927/// kPropertyStrong = 'P' // property GC'able
3928/// kPropertyNonAtomic = 'N' // property non-atomic
3929/// };
3930/// @endcode
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003931void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForPropertyDecl(const ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003932 const Decl *Container,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00003933 std::string& S) const {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003934 // Collect information from the property implementation decl(s).
3935 bool Dynamic = false;
3936 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *SynthesizePID = 0;
3937
3938 // FIXME: Duplicated code due to poor abstraction.
3939 if (Container) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003940 if (const ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CID =
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003941 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(Container)) {
3942 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003943 i = CID->propimpl_begin(), e = CID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003944 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003945 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3946 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3947 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3948 Dynamic = true;
3949 } else {
3950 SynthesizePID = PID;
3951 }
3952 }
3953 }
3954 } else {
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00003955 const ObjCImplementationDecl *OID=cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(Container);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003956 for (ObjCCategoryImplDecl::propimpl_iterator
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003957 i = OID->propimpl_begin(), e = OID->propimpl_end();
Douglas Gregor29bd76f2009-04-23 01:02:12 +00003958 i != e; ++i) {
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003959 ObjCPropertyImplDecl *PID = *i;
3960 if (PID->getPropertyDecl() == PD) {
3961 if (PID->getPropertyImplementation()==ObjCPropertyImplDecl::Dynamic) {
3962 Dynamic = true;
3963 } else {
3964 SynthesizePID = PID;
3965 }
3966 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003967 }
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003968 }
3969 }
3970
3971 // FIXME: This is not very efficient.
3972 S = "T";
3973
3974 // Encode result type.
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003975 // GCC has some special rules regarding encoding of properties which
3976 // closely resembles encoding of ivars.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003977 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PD->getType(), S, true, true, 0,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003978 true /* outermost type */,
3979 true /* encoding for property */);
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003980
3981 if (PD->isReadOnly()) {
3982 S += ",R";
3983 } else {
3984 switch (PD->getSetterKind()) {
3985 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Assign: break;
3986 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Copy: S += ",C"; break;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003987 case ObjCPropertyDecl::Retain: S += ",&"; break;
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003988 }
3989 }
3990
3991 // It really isn't clear at all what this means, since properties
3992 // are "dynamic by default".
3993 if (Dynamic)
3994 S += ",D";
3995
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00003996 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_nonatomic)
3997 S += ",N";
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00003998
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00003999 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_getter) {
4000 S += ",G";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004001 S += PD->getGetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004002 }
4003
4004 if (PD->getPropertyAttributes() & ObjCPropertyDecl::OBJC_PR_setter) {
4005 S += ",S";
Chris Lattnere4b95692008-11-24 03:33:13 +00004006 S += PD->getSetterName().getAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004007 }
4008
4009 if (SynthesizePID) {
4010 const ObjCIvarDecl *OID = SynthesizePID->getPropertyIvarDecl();
4011 S += ",V";
Chris Lattner1cbaacc2008-11-24 04:00:27 +00004012 S += OID->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbar4932b362008-08-28 04:38:10 +00004013 }
4014
4015 // FIXME: OBJCGC: weak & strong
4016}
4017
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004018/// getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding -
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004019/// Another legacy compatibility encoding: 32-bit longs are encoded as
4020/// 'l' or 'L' , but not always. For typedefs, we need to use
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004021/// 'i' or 'I' instead if encoding a struct field, or a pointer!
4022///
4023void ASTContext::getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding (QualType &PointeeTy) const {
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004024 if (isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004025 if (const BuiltinType *BT = PointeeTy->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004026 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::ULong && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004027 PointeeTy = UnsignedIntTy;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004028 else
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004029 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Long && getIntWidth(PointeeTy) == 32)
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004030 PointeeTy = IntTy;
4031 }
4032 }
4033}
4034
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004035void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForType(QualType T, std::string& S,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004036 const FieldDecl *Field) const {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004037 // We follow the behavior of gcc, expanding structures which are
4038 // directly pointed to, and expanding embedded structures. Note that
4039 // these rules are sufficient to prevent recursive encoding of the
4040 // same type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004041 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(T, S, true, true, Field,
Fariborz Jahaniandaef00b2008-12-22 23:22:27 +00004042 true /* outermost type */);
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004043}
4044
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004045static char ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(const ASTContext *C, QualType T) {
4046 switch (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()->getKind()) {
4047 default: assert(0 && "Unhandled builtin type kind");
4048 case BuiltinType::Void: return 'v';
4049 case BuiltinType::Bool: return 'B';
4050 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
4051 case BuiltinType::UChar: return 'C';
4052 case BuiltinType::UShort: return 'S';
4053 case BuiltinType::UInt: return 'I';
4054 case BuiltinType::ULong:
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004055 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'L' : 'Q';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004056 case BuiltinType::UInt128: return 'T';
4057 case BuiltinType::ULongLong: return 'Q';
4058 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
4059 case BuiltinType::SChar: return 'c';
4060 case BuiltinType::Short: return 's';
Chris Lattnerad3467e2010-12-25 23:25:43 +00004061 case BuiltinType::WChar_S:
4062 case BuiltinType::WChar_U:
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004063 case BuiltinType::Int: return 'i';
4064 case BuiltinType::Long:
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004065 return C->getIntWidth(T) == 32 ? 'l' : 'q';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004066 case BuiltinType::LongLong: return 'q';
4067 case BuiltinType::Int128: return 't';
4068 case BuiltinType::Float: return 'f';
4069 case BuiltinType::Double: return 'd';
Daniel Dunbar7cba5a72010-10-11 21:13:48 +00004070 case BuiltinType::LongDouble: return 'D';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004071 }
4072}
4073
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004074static void EncodeBitField(const ASTContext *Ctx, std::string& S,
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004075 QualType T, const FieldDecl *FD) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004076 const Expr *E = FD->getBitWidth();
4077 assert(E && "bitfield width not there - getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl");
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004078 S += 'b';
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004079 // The NeXT runtime encodes bit fields as b followed by the number of bits.
4080 // The GNU runtime requires more information; bitfields are encoded as b,
4081 // then the offset (in bits) of the first element, then the type of the
4082 // bitfield, then the size in bits. For example, in this structure:
4083 //
4084 // struct
4085 // {
4086 // int integer;
4087 // int flags:2;
4088 // };
4089 // On a 32-bit system, the encoding for flags would be b2 for the NeXT
4090 // runtime, but b32i2 for the GNU runtime. The reason for this extra
4091 // information is not especially sensible, but we're stuck with it for
4092 // compatibility with GCC, although providing it breaks anything that
4093 // actually uses runtime introspection and wants to work on both runtimes...
4094 if (!Ctx->getLangOptions().NeXTRuntime) {
4095 const RecordDecl *RD = FD->getParent();
4096 const ASTRecordLayout &RL = Ctx->getASTRecordLayout(RD);
4097 // FIXME: This same linear search is also used in ExprConstant - it might
4098 // be better if the FieldDecl stored its offset. We'd be increasing the
4099 // size of the object slightly, but saving some time every time it is used.
4100 unsigned i = 0;
4101 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RD->field_begin(),
4102 FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
4103 Field != FieldEnd; (void)++Field, ++i) {
4104 if (*Field == FD)
4105 break;
4106 }
4107 S += llvm::utostr(RL.getFieldOffset(i));
David Chisnall6f0a7d22010-12-26 20:12:30 +00004108 if (T->isEnumeralType())
4109 S += 'i';
4110 else
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004111 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(Ctx, T);
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004112 }
4113 unsigned N = E->EvaluateAsInt(*Ctx).getZExtValue();
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004114 S += llvm::utostr(N);
4115}
4116
Daniel Dunbar07d07852009-10-18 21:17:35 +00004117// FIXME: Use SmallString for accumulating string.
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004118void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(QualType T, std::string& S,
4119 bool ExpandPointedToStructures,
4120 bool ExpandStructures,
Daniel Dunbarc040ce42009-04-20 06:37:24 +00004121 const FieldDecl *FD,
Fariborz Jahanian218c6302009-01-20 19:14:18 +00004122 bool OutermostType,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004123 bool EncodingProperty) const {
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004124 if (T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004125 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004126 return EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
4127 S += ObjCEncodingForPrimitiveKind(this, T);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004128 return;
4129 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004130
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004131 if (const ComplexType *CT = T->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004132 S += 'j';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004133 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(CT->getElementType(), S, false, false, 0, false,
Anders Carlsson39b2e132009-04-09 21:55:45 +00004134 false);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004135 return;
4136 }
Fariborz Jahaniand25c2192009-11-23 20:40:50 +00004137
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004138 // encoding for pointer or r3eference types.
4139 QualType PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004140 if (const PointerType *PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian89b660c2009-11-30 18:43:52 +00004141 if (PT->isObjCSelType()) {
4142 S += ':';
4143 return;
4144 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004145 PointeeTy = PT->getPointeeType();
4146 }
4147 else if (const ReferenceType *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
4148 PointeeTy = RT->getPointeeType();
4149 if (!PointeeTy.isNull()) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004150 bool isReadOnly = false;
4151 // For historical/compatibility reasons, the read-only qualifier of the
4152 // pointee gets emitted _before_ the '^'. The read-only qualifier of
4153 // the pointer itself gets ignored, _unless_ we are looking at a typedef!
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004154 // Also, do not emit the 'r' for anything but the outermost type!
Mike Stump212005c2009-07-22 18:58:19 +00004155 if (isa<TypedefType>(T.getTypePtr())) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004156 if (OutermostType && T.isConstQualified()) {
4157 isReadOnly = true;
4158 S += 'r';
4159 }
Mike Stumpe9c6ffc2009-07-31 02:02:20 +00004160 } else if (OutermostType) {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004161 QualType P = PointeeTy;
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004162 while (P->getAs<PointerType>())
4163 P = P->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004164 if (P.isConstQualified()) {
4165 isReadOnly = true;
4166 S += 'r';
4167 }
4168 }
4169 if (isReadOnly) {
4170 // Another legacy compatibility encoding. Some ObjC qualifier and type
4171 // combinations need to be rearranged.
4172 // Rewrite "in const" from "nr" to "rn"
Benjamin Kramer2e3197e2010-04-27 17:12:11 +00004173 if (llvm::StringRef(S).endswith("nr"))
4174 S.replace(S.end()-2, S.end(), "rn");
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004175 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004176
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004177 if (PointeeTy->isCharType()) {
4178 // char pointer types should be encoded as '*' unless it is a
4179 // type that has been typedef'd to 'BOOL'.
Anders Carlsson18acd442007-10-29 06:33:42 +00004180 if (!isTypeTypedefedAsBOOL(PointeeTy)) {
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004181 S += '*';
4182 return;
4183 }
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004184 } else if (const RecordType *RTy = PointeeTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroff3de6b702009-07-22 17:14:51 +00004185 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_class *" to "#".
4186 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_class")) {
4187 S += '#';
4188 return;
4189 }
4190 // GCC binary compat: Need to convert "struct objc_object *" to "@".
4191 if (RTy->getDecl()->getIdentifier() == &Idents.get("objc_object")) {
4192 S += '@';
4193 return;
4194 }
4195 // fall through...
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004196 }
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004197 S += '^';
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004198 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(PointeeTy);
4199
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004200 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S, false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004201 NULL);
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004202 return;
4203 }
Fariborz Jahanian9ffd7062010-04-13 23:45:47 +00004204
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004205 if (const ArrayType *AT =
4206 // Ignore type qualifiers etc.
4207 dyn_cast<ArrayType>(T->getCanonicalTypeInternal())) {
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004208 if (isa<IncompleteArrayType>(AT)) {
4209 // Incomplete arrays are encoded as a pointer to the array element.
4210 S += '^';
4211
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004212 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004213 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4214 } else {
4215 S += '[';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004216
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004217 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
4218 S += llvm::utostr(CAT->getSize().getZExtValue());
4219 else {
4220 //Variable length arrays are encoded as a regular array with 0 elements.
4221 assert(isa<VariableArrayType>(AT) && "Unknown array type!");
4222 S += '0';
4223 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004224
4225 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(AT->getElementType(), S,
Anders Carlssond05f44b2009-02-22 01:38:57 +00004226 false, ExpandStructures, FD);
4227 S += ']';
4228 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004229 return;
4230 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004231
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004232 if (T->getAs<FunctionType>()) {
Anders Carlssondf4cc612007-10-30 00:06:20 +00004233 S += '?';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004234 return;
4235 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004236
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004237 if (const RecordType *RTy = T->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Daniel Dunbar3cd9a292008-10-17 07:30:50 +00004238 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004239 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? '(' : '{';
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00004240 // Anonymous structures print as '?'
4241 if (const IdentifierInfo *II = RDecl->getIdentifier()) {
4242 S += II->getName();
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00004243 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec
4244 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RDecl)) {
4245 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs = Spec->getTemplateArgs();
4246 std::string TemplateArgsStr
4247 = TemplateSpecializationType::PrintTemplateArgumentList(
Douglas Gregor1ccc8412010-11-07 23:05:16 +00004248 TemplateArgs.data(),
4249 TemplateArgs.size(),
Fariborz Jahanianc5158202010-05-07 00:28:49 +00004250 (*this).PrintingPolicy);
4251
4252 S += TemplateArgsStr;
4253 }
Daniel Dunbar40cac772008-10-17 06:22:57 +00004254 } else {
4255 S += '?';
4256 }
Daniel Dunbarfc1066d2008-10-17 20:21:44 +00004257 if (ExpandStructures) {
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004258 S += '=';
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00004259 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator Field = RDecl->field_begin(),
4260 FieldEnd = RDecl->field_end();
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004261 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004262 if (FD) {
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004263 S += '"';
Douglas Gregor91f84212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00004264 S += Field->getNameAsString();
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004265 S += '"';
4266 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004267
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004268 // Special case bit-fields.
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004269 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004270 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004271 (*Field));
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004272 } else {
Fariborz Jahanian0f66a6c2008-12-23 19:56:47 +00004273 QualType qt = Field->getType();
4274 getLegacyIntegralTypeEncoding(qt);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004275 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(qt, S, false, true,
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004276 FD);
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004277 }
Fariborz Jahanian0a71ad22008-01-22 22:44:46 +00004278 }
Fariborz Jahanianbc92fd72007-11-13 23:21:38 +00004279 }
Daniel Dunbarff3c6742008-10-17 16:17:37 +00004280 S += RDecl->isUnion() ? ')' : '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004281 return;
4282 }
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004283
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004284 if (T->isEnumeralType()) {
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004285 if (FD && FD->isBitField())
David Chisnallb190a2c2010-06-04 01:10:52 +00004286 EncodeBitField(this, S, T, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian5c767722009-01-13 01:18:13 +00004287 else
4288 S += 'i';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004289 return;
4290 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004291
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004292 if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff49140cb2009-02-02 18:24:29 +00004293 S += "@?"; // Unlike a pointer-to-function, which is "^?".
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004294 return;
4295 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004296
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004297 // Ignore protocol qualifiers when mangling at this level.
4298 if (const ObjCObjectType *OT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectType>())
4299 T = OT->getBaseType();
4300
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004301 if (const ObjCInterfaceType *OIT = T->getAs<ObjCInterfaceType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004302 // @encode(class_name)
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00004303 ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI = OIT->getDecl();
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004304 S += '{';
4305 const IdentifierInfo *II = OI->getIdentifier();
4306 S += II->getName();
4307 S += '=';
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004308 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCIvarDecl*, 32> Ivars;
4309 DeepCollectObjCIvars(OI, true, Ivars);
4310 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ivars.size(); i != e; ++i) {
4311 FieldDecl *Field = cast<FieldDecl>(Ivars[i]);
4312 if (Field->isBitField())
4313 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, Field);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004314 else
Fariborz Jahaniana50b3a22010-08-20 21:21:08 +00004315 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(Field->getType(), S, false, true, FD);
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004316 }
4317 S += '}';
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004318 return;
Fariborz Jahanian1d35f122008-12-19 23:34:38 +00004319 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004320
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004321 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = T->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004322 if (OPT->isObjCIdType()) {
4323 S += '@';
4324 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004325 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004326
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004327 if (OPT->isObjCClassType() || OPT->isObjCQualifiedClassType()) {
4328 // FIXME: Consider if we need to output qualifiers for 'Class<p>'.
4329 // Since this is a binary compatibility issue, need to consult with runtime
4330 // folks. Fortunately, this is a *very* obsure construct.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004331 S += '#';
4332 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004333 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004334
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004335 if (OPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004336 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(getObjCIdType(), S,
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004337 ExpandPointedToStructures,
4338 ExpandStructures, FD);
4339 if (FD || EncodingProperty) {
4340 // Note that we do extended encoding of protocol qualifer list
4341 // Only when doing ivar or property encoding.
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004342 S += '"';
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004343 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4344 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004345 S += '<';
4346 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4347 S += '>';
4348 }
4349 S += '"';
4350 }
4351 return;
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004352 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004353
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004354 QualType PointeeTy = OPT->getPointeeType();
4355 if (!EncodingProperty &&
4356 isa<TypedefType>(PointeeTy.getTypePtr())) {
4357 // Another historical/compatibility reason.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004358 // We encode the underlying type which comes out as
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004359 // {...};
4360 S += '^';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004361 getObjCEncodingForTypeImpl(PointeeTy, S,
4362 false, ExpandPointedToStructures,
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004363 NULL);
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004364 return;
4365 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004366
4367 S += '@';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004368 if (OPT->getInterfaceDecl() && (FD || EncodingProperty)) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004369 S += '"';
Steve Narofff0c86112009-10-28 22:03:49 +00004370 S += OPT->getInterfaceDecl()->getIdentifier()->getName();
Steve Naroffaccc4882009-07-20 17:56:53 +00004371 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
4372 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004373 S += '<';
4374 S += (*I)->getNameAsString();
4375 S += '>';
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004376 }
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004377 S += '"';
4378 }
4379 return;
4380 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004381
John McCalla9e6e8d2010-05-17 23:56:34 +00004382 // gcc just blithely ignores member pointers.
4383 // TODO: maybe there should be a mangling for these
4384 if (T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
4385 return;
Fariborz Jahaniane0587be2010-10-07 21:25:25 +00004386
4387 if (T->isVectorType()) {
4388 // This matches gcc's encoding, even though technically it is
4389 // insufficient.
4390 // FIXME. We should do a better job than gcc.
4391 return;
4392 }
4393
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004394 assert(0 && "@encode for type not implemented!");
Anders Carlssond8499822007-10-29 05:01:08 +00004395}
4396
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004397void ASTContext::getObjCEncodingForTypeQualifier(Decl::ObjCDeclQualifier QT,
Fariborz Jahanianac73ff82007-11-01 17:18:37 +00004398 std::string& S) const {
4399 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_In)
4400 S += 'n';
4401 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Inout)
4402 S += 'N';
4403 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Out)
4404 S += 'o';
4405 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Bycopy)
4406 S += 'O';
4407 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Byref)
4408 S += 'R';
4409 if (QT & Decl::OBJC_TQ_Oneway)
4410 S += 'V';
4411}
4412
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004413void ASTContext::setBuiltinVaListType(QualType T) {
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004414 assert(BuiltinVaListType.isNull() && "__builtin_va_list type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004415
Anders Carlsson87c149b2007-10-11 01:00:40 +00004416 BuiltinVaListType = T;
4417}
4418
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004419void ASTContext::setObjCIdType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004420 ObjCIdTypedefType = T;
Steve Naroff66e9f332007-10-15 14:41:52 +00004421}
4422
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004423void ASTContext::setObjCSelType(QualType T) {
Fariborz Jahanian252ba5f2009-11-21 19:53:08 +00004424 ObjCSelTypedefType = T;
Fariborz Jahanian4bef4622007-10-16 20:40:23 +00004425}
4426
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004427void ASTContext::setObjCProtoType(QualType QT) {
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004428 ObjCProtoType = QT;
Fariborz Jahaniana32aaef2007-10-17 16:58:11 +00004429}
4430
Chris Lattnere7cabb92009-07-13 00:10:46 +00004431void ASTContext::setObjCClassType(QualType T) {
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004432 ObjCClassTypedefType = T;
Anders Carlssonf56a7ae2007-10-31 02:53:19 +00004433}
4434
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004435void ASTContext::setObjCConstantStringInterface(ObjCInterfaceDecl *Decl) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004436 assert(ObjCConstantStringType.isNull() &&
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004437 "'NSConstantString' type already set!");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004438
Ted Kremenek1b0ea822008-01-07 19:49:32 +00004439 ObjCConstantStringType = getObjCInterfaceType(Decl);
Steve Narofff73b7842007-10-15 23:35:17 +00004440}
4441
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004442/// \brief Retrieve the template name that corresponds to a non-empty
4443/// lookup.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004444TemplateName
4445ASTContext::getOverloadedTemplateName(UnresolvedSetIterator Begin,
4446 UnresolvedSetIterator End) const {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004447 unsigned size = End - Begin;
4448 assert(size > 1 && "set is not overloaded!");
4449
4450 void *memory = Allocate(sizeof(OverloadedTemplateStorage) +
4451 size * sizeof(FunctionTemplateDecl*));
4452 OverloadedTemplateStorage *OT = new(memory) OverloadedTemplateStorage(size);
4453
4454 NamedDecl **Storage = OT->getStorage();
John McCallad371252010-01-20 00:46:10 +00004455 for (UnresolvedSetIterator I = Begin; I != End; ++I) {
John McCalld28ae272009-12-02 08:04:21 +00004456 NamedDecl *D = *I;
4457 assert(isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D) ||
4458 (isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) &&
4459 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D->getUnderlyingDecl())));
4460 *Storage++ = D;
4461 }
4462
4463 return TemplateName(OT);
4464}
4465
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004466/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a qualified
4467/// template name such as \c std::vector.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004468TemplateName
4469ASTContext::getQualifiedTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4470 bool TemplateKeyword,
4471 TemplateDecl *Template) const {
Douglas Gregore29139c2011-03-03 17:04:51 +00004472 assert(NNS && "Missing nested-name-specifier in qualified template name");
4473
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004474 // FIXME: Canonicalization?
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004475 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4476 QualifiedTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4477
4478 void *InsertPos = 0;
4479 QualifiedTemplateName *QTN =
4480 QualifiedTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4481 if (!QTN) {
4482 QTN = new (*this,4) QualifiedTemplateName(NNS, TemplateKeyword, Template);
4483 QualifiedTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4484 }
4485
4486 return TemplateName(QTN);
4487}
4488
4489/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4490/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template apply.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004491TemplateName
4492ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
4493 const IdentifierInfo *Name) const {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004494 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
Douglas Gregor308047d2009-09-09 00:23:06 +00004495 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004496
4497 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4498 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Name);
4499
4500 void *InsertPos = 0;
4501 DependentTemplateName *QTN =
4502 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4503
4504 if (QTN)
4505 return TemplateName(QTN);
4506
4507 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4508 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4509 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name);
4510 } else {
4511 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Name);
4512 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Name, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004513 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN =
4514 DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4515 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent type name canonicalization broken");
4516 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregordc572a32009-03-30 22:58:21 +00004517 }
4518
4519 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4520 return TemplateName(QTN);
4521}
4522
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004523/// \brief Retrieve the template name that represents a dependent
4524/// template name such as \c MetaFun::template operator+.
4525TemplateName
4526ASTContext::getDependentTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004527 OverloadedOperatorKind Operator) const {
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004528 assert((!NNS || NNS->isDependent()) &&
4529 "Nested name specifier must be dependent");
4530
4531 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4532 DependentTemplateName::Profile(ID, NNS, Operator);
4533
4534 void *InsertPos = 0;
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004535 DependentTemplateName *QTN
4536 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004537
4538 if (QTN)
4539 return TemplateName(QTN);
4540
4541 NestedNameSpecifier *CanonNNS = getCanonicalNestedNameSpecifier(NNS);
4542 if (CanonNNS == NNS) {
4543 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator);
4544 } else {
4545 TemplateName Canon = getDependentTemplateName(CanonNNS, Operator);
4546 QTN = new (*this,4) DependentTemplateName(NNS, Operator, Canon);
Douglas Gregorc42075a2010-02-04 18:10:26 +00004547
4548 DependentTemplateName *CheckQTN
4549 = DependentTemplateNames.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4550 assert(!CheckQTN && "Dependent template name canonicalization broken");
4551 (void)CheckQTN;
Douglas Gregor71395fa2009-11-04 00:56:37 +00004552 }
4553
4554 DependentTemplateNames.InsertNode(QTN, InsertPos);
4555 return TemplateName(QTN);
4556}
4557
Douglas Gregor5590be02011-01-15 06:45:20 +00004558TemplateName
4559ASTContext::getSubstTemplateTemplateParmPack(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
4560 const TemplateArgument &ArgPack) const {
4561 ASTContext &Self = const_cast<ASTContext &>(*this);
4562 llvm::FoldingSetNodeID ID;
4563 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage::Profile(ID, Self, Param, ArgPack);
4564
4565 void *InsertPos = 0;
4566 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage *Subst
4567 = SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, InsertPos);
4568
4569 if (!Subst) {
4570 Subst = new (*this) SubstTemplateTemplateParmPackStorage(Self, Param,
4571 ArgPack.pack_size(),
4572 ArgPack.pack_begin());
4573 SubstTemplateTemplateParmPacks.InsertNode(Subst, InsertPos);
4574 }
4575
4576 return TemplateName(Subst);
4577}
4578
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004579/// getFromTargetType - Given one of the integer types provided by
Douglas Gregorab138572008-11-03 15:57:00 +00004580/// TargetInfo, produce the corresponding type. The unsigned @p Type
4581/// is actually a value of type @c TargetInfo::IntType.
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004582CanQualType ASTContext::getFromTargetType(unsigned Type) const {
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004583 switch (Type) {
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004584 case TargetInfo::NoInt: return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004585 case TargetInfo::SignedShort: return ShortTy;
4586 case TargetInfo::UnsignedShort: return UnsignedShortTy;
4587 case TargetInfo::SignedInt: return IntTy;
4588 case TargetInfo::UnsignedInt: return UnsignedIntTy;
4589 case TargetInfo::SignedLong: return LongTy;
4590 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLong: return UnsignedLongTy;
4591 case TargetInfo::SignedLongLong: return LongLongTy;
4592 case TargetInfo::UnsignedLongLong: return UnsignedLongLongTy;
4593 }
4594
4595 assert(false && "Unhandled TargetInfo::IntType value");
John McCall48f2d582009-10-23 23:03:21 +00004596 return CanQualType();
Douglas Gregor8af6e6d2008-11-03 14:12:49 +00004597}
Ted Kremenek77c51b22008-07-24 23:58:27 +00004598
4599//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4600// Type Predicates.
4601//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4602
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004603/// isObjCNSObjectType - Return true if this is an NSObject object using
4604/// NSObject attribute on a c-style pointer type.
4605/// FIXME - Make it work directly on types.
Steve Naroff79d12152009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004606/// FIXME: Move to Type.
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004607///
4608bool ASTContext::isObjCNSObjectType(QualType Ty) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00004609 if (const TypedefType *TDT = dyn_cast<TypedefType>(Ty)) {
Richard Smithdda56e42011-04-15 14:24:37 +00004610 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = TDT->getDecl())
Argyrios Kyrtzidisb4b64ca2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00004611 if (TD->getAttr<ObjCNSObjectAttr>())
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004612 return true;
4613 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004614 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian255c0952009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004615}
4616
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004617/// getObjCGCAttr - Returns one of GCNone, Weak or Strong objc's
4618/// garbage collection attribute.
4619///
John McCall553d45a2011-01-12 00:34:59 +00004620Qualifiers::GC ASTContext::getObjCGCAttrKind(QualType Ty) const {
4621 if (getLangOptions().getGCMode() == LangOptions::NonGC)
4622 return Qualifiers::GCNone;
4623
4624 assert(getLangOptions().ObjC1);
4625 Qualifiers::GC GCAttrs = Ty.getObjCGCAttr();
4626
4627 // Default behaviour under objective-C's gc is for ObjC pointers
4628 // (or pointers to them) be treated as though they were declared
4629 // as __strong.
4630 if (GCAttrs == Qualifiers::GCNone) {
4631 if (Ty->isObjCObjectPointerType() || Ty->isBlockPointerType())
4632 return Qualifiers::Strong;
4633 else if (Ty->isPointerType())
4634 return getObjCGCAttrKind(Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
4635 } else {
4636 // It's not valid to set GC attributes on anything that isn't a
4637 // pointer.
4638#ifndef NDEBUG
4639 QualType CT = Ty->getCanonicalTypeInternal();
4640 while (const ArrayType *AT = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CT))
4641 CT = AT->getElementType();
4642 assert(CT->isAnyPointerType() || CT->isBlockPointerType());
4643#endif
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004644 }
Chris Lattnerd60183d2009-02-18 22:53:11 +00004645 return GCAttrs;
Fariborz Jahanian96207692009-02-18 21:49:28 +00004646}
4647
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004648//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4649// Type Compatibility Testing
4650//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattnerb338a6b2007-11-01 05:03:41 +00004651
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004652/// areCompatVectorTypes - Return true if the two specified vector types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004653/// compatible.
4654static bool areCompatVectorTypes(const VectorType *LHS,
4655 const VectorType *RHS) {
John McCallb692a092009-10-22 20:10:53 +00004656 assert(LHS->isCanonicalUnqualified() && RHS->isCanonicalUnqualified());
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004657 return LHS->getElementType() == RHS->getElementType() &&
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00004658 LHS->getNumElements() == RHS->getNumElements();
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004659}
4660
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004661bool ASTContext::areCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType FirstVec,
4662 QualType SecondVec) {
4663 assert(FirstVec->isVectorType() && "FirstVec should be a vector type");
4664 assert(SecondVec->isVectorType() && "SecondVec should be a vector type");
4665
4666 if (hasSameUnqualifiedType(FirstVec, SecondVec))
4667 return true;
4668
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004669 // Treat Neon vector types and most AltiVec vector types as if they are the
4670 // equivalent GCC vector types.
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004671 const VectorType *First = FirstVec->getAs<VectorType>();
4672 const VectorType *Second = SecondVec->getAs<VectorType>();
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004673 if (First->getNumElements() == Second->getNumElements() &&
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004674 hasSameType(First->getElementType(), Second->getElementType()) &&
Bob Wilsone6aeebb2010-11-12 17:24:54 +00004675 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4676 First->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool &&
4677 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecPixel &&
4678 Second->getVectorKind() != VectorType::AltiVecBool)
Douglas Gregor59e8b3b2010-08-06 10:14:59 +00004679 return true;
4680
4681 return false;
4682}
4683
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004684//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4685// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - Compatibility testing for qualified id's.
4686//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4687
4688/// ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol - return 'true' if 'lProto' is in the
4689/// inheritance hierarchy of 'rProto'.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00004690bool
4691ASTContext::ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(ObjCProtocolDecl *lProto,
4692 ObjCProtocolDecl *rProto) const {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004693 if (lProto == rProto)
4694 return true;
4695 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator PI = rProto->protocol_begin(),
4696 E = rProto->protocol_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
4697 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lProto, *PI))
4698 return true;
4699 return false;
4700}
4701
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004702/// QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId - compare id<p,...> with id<p1,...>
4703/// return true if lhs's protocols conform to rhs's protocol; false
4704/// otherwise.
4705bool ASTContext::QualifiedIdConformsQualifiedId(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
4706 if (lhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType() && rhs->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
4707 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(lhs, rhs, false);
4708 return false;
4709}
4710
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004711/// ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible - compare Class<p,...> and
4712/// Class<p1, ...>.
4713bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs,
4714 QualType rhs) {
4715 const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4716 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
4717 assert ((lhsQID && rhsOPT) && "ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible");
4718
4719 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4720 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4721 bool match = false;
4722 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4723 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4724 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4725 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4726 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto)) {
4727 match = true;
4728 break;
4729 }
4730 }
4731 if (!match)
4732 return false;
4733 }
4734 return true;
4735}
4736
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004737/// ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible - We know that one of lhs/rhs is an
4738/// ObjCQualifiedIDType.
4739bool ASTContext::ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
4740 bool compare) {
4741 // Allow id<P..> and an 'id' or void* type in all cases.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004742 if (lhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004743 lhs->isObjCIdType() || lhs->isObjCClassType())
4744 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004745 else if (rhs->isVoidPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004746 rhs->isObjCIdType() || rhs->isObjCClassType())
4747 return true;
4748
4749 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsQID = lhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType()) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00004750 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsOPT = rhs->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004751
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004752 if (!rhsOPT) return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004753
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004754 if (rhsOPT->qual_empty()) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004755 // If the RHS is a unqualified interface pointer "NSString*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004756 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4757 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4758 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4759 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4760 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4761 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4762 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004763 if (!rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true))
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004764 return false;
4765 }
4766 }
4767 // If there are no qualifiers and no interface, we have an 'id'.
4768 return true;
4769 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004770 // Both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004771 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4772 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4773 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4774 bool match = false;
4775
4776 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4777 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4778 // through its super class and categories.
4779 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4780 E = rhsOPT->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4781 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4782 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4783 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4784 match = true;
4785 break;
4786 }
4787 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004788 // If the RHS is a qualified interface pointer "NSString<P>*",
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004789 // make sure we check the class hierarchy.
4790 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *rhsID = rhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4791 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsQID->qual_begin(),
4792 E = lhsQID->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4793 // when comparing an id<P> on lhs with a static type on rhs,
4794 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4795 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanian3f8917a2009-08-11 22:02:25 +00004796 if (rhsID->ClassImplementsProtocol(*I, true)) {
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004797 match = true;
4798 break;
4799 }
4800 }
4801 }
4802 if (!match)
4803 return false;
4804 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004805
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004806 return true;
4807 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004808
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004809 const ObjCObjectPointerType *rhsQID = rhs->getAsObjCQualifiedIdType();
4810 assert(rhsQID && "One of the LHS/RHS should be id<x>");
4811
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004812 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *lhsOPT =
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004813 lhs->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType()) {
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004814 // If both the right and left sides have qualifiers.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004815 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = lhsOPT->qual_begin(),
4816 E = lhsOPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
4817 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = *I;
4818 bool match = false;
4819
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004820 // when comparing an id<P> on rhs with a static type on lhs,
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004821 // see if static class implements all of id's protocols, directly or
4822 // through its super class and categories.
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004823 // First, lhs protocols in the qualifier list must be found, direct
4824 // or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004825 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4826 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4827 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4828 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4829 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4830 match = true;
4831 break;
4832 }
4833 }
4834 if (!match)
4835 return false;
4836 }
Fariborz Jahanianeb7714c2010-11-01 20:47:16 +00004837
4838 // Static class's protocols, or its super class or category protocols
4839 // must be found, direct or indirect in rhs's qualifier list or it is a mismatch.
4840 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *lhsID = lhsOPT->getInterfaceDecl()) {
4841 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
4842 CollectInheritedProtocols(lhsID, LHSInheritedProtocols);
4843 // This is rather dubious but matches gcc's behavior. If lhs has
4844 // no type qualifier and its class has no static protocol(s)
4845 // assume that it is mismatch.
4846 if (LHSInheritedProtocols.empty() && lhsOPT->qual_empty())
4847 return false;
4848 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4849 LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4850 E = LHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
4851 bool match = false;
4852 ObjCProtocolDecl *lhsProto = (*I);
4853 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator J = rhsQID->qual_begin(),
4854 E = rhsQID->qual_end(); J != E; ++J) {
4855 ObjCProtocolDecl *rhsProto = *J;
4856 if (ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(lhsProto, rhsProto) ||
4857 (compare && ProtocolCompatibleWithProtocol(rhsProto, lhsProto))) {
4858 match = true;
4859 break;
4860 }
4861 }
4862 if (!match)
4863 return false;
4864 }
4865 }
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004866 return true;
4867 }
4868 return false;
4869}
4870
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00004871/// canAssignObjCInterfaces - Return true if the two interface types are
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00004872/// compatible for assignment from RHS to LHS. This handles validation of any
4873/// protocol qualifiers on the LHS or RHS.
4874///
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004875bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4876 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004877 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4878 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4879
Steve Naroff1329fa02009-07-15 18:40:39 +00004880 // If either type represents the built-in 'id' or 'Class' types, return true.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004881 if (LHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass() ||
4882 RHS->isObjCUnqualifiedIdOrClass())
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004883 return true;
4884
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004885 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedId() || RHS->isObjCQualifiedId())
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004886 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4887 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004888 false);
Fariborz Jahanian3c7ebc32010-07-19 22:02:22 +00004889
4890 if (LHS->isObjCQualifiedClass() && RHS->isObjCQualifiedClass())
4891 return ObjCQualifiedClassTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4892 QualType(RHSOPT,0));
4893
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004894 // If we have 2 user-defined types, fall into that path.
4895 if (LHS->getInterface() && RHS->getInterface())
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004896 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00004897
Steve Naroff8e6aee52009-07-23 01:01:38 +00004898 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004899}
4900
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004901/// canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer - This routine is specifically written
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00004902/// for providing type-safety for objective-c pointers used to pass/return
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004903/// arguments in block literals. When passed as arguments, passing 'A*' where
4904/// 'id' is expected is not OK. Passing 'Sub *" where 'Super *" is expected is
4905/// not OK. For the return type, the opposite is not OK.
4906bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
4907 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00004908 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4909 bool BlockReturnType) {
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004910 if (RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || LHSOPT->isObjCIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004911 return true;
4912
4913 if (LHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType()) {
4914 return RHSOPT->isObjCBuiltinType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType();
4915 }
4916
Fariborz Jahanian440a6832010-04-06 17:23:39 +00004917 if (LHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || RHSOPT->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004918 return ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(QualType(LHSOPT,0),
4919 QualType(RHSOPT,0),
4920 false);
4921
4922 const ObjCInterfaceType* LHS = LHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4923 const ObjCInterfaceType* RHS = RHSOPT->getInterfaceType();
4924 if (LHS && RHS) { // We have 2 user-defined types.
4925 if (LHS != RHS) {
4926 if (LHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00004927 return BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004928 if (RHS->getDecl()->isSuperClassOf(LHS->getDecl()))
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00004929 return !BlockReturnType;
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00004930 }
4931 else
4932 return true;
4933 }
4934 return false;
4935}
4936
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004937/// getIntersectionOfProtocols - This routine finds the intersection of set
4938/// of protocols inherited from two distinct objective-c pointer objects.
4939/// It is used to build composite qualifier list of the composite type of
4940/// the conditional expression involving two objective-c pointer objects.
4941static
4942void getIntersectionOfProtocols(ASTContext &Context,
4943 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT,
4944 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT,
4945 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<ObjCProtocolDecl *> &IntersectionOfProtocols) {
4946
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004947 const ObjCObjectType* LHS = LHSOPT->getObjectType();
4948 const ObjCObjectType* RHS = RHSOPT->getObjectType();
4949 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS must have an interface base");
4950 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS must have an interface base");
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004951
4952 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> InheritedProtocolSet;
4953 unsigned LHSNumProtocols = LHS->getNumProtocols();
4954 if (LHSNumProtocols > 0)
4955 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHS->qual_begin(), LHS->qual_end());
4956 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004957 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> LHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004958 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(LHS->getInterface(),
4959 LHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004960 InheritedProtocolSet.insert(LHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4961 LHSInheritedProtocols.end());
4962 }
4963
4964 unsigned RHSNumProtocols = RHS->getNumProtocols();
4965 if (RHSNumProtocols > 0) {
Dan Gohman145f3f12010-04-19 16:39:44 +00004966 ObjCProtocolDecl **RHSProtocols =
4967 const_cast<ObjCProtocolDecl **>(RHS->qual_begin());
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004968 for (unsigned i = 0; i < RHSNumProtocols; ++i)
4969 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count(RHSProtocols[i]))
4970 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back(RHSProtocols[i]);
4971 }
4972 else {
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004973 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> RHSInheritedProtocols;
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004974 Context.CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(),
4975 RHSInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahaniandc68f952010-02-12 19:27:33 +00004976 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
4977 RHSInheritedProtocols.begin(),
4978 E = RHSInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I)
4979 if (InheritedProtocolSet.count((*I)))
4980 IntersectionOfProtocols.push_back((*I));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00004981 }
4982}
4983
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004984/// areCommonBaseCompatible - Returns common base class of the two classes if
4985/// one found. Note that this is O'2 algorithm. But it will be called as the
4986/// last type comparison in a ?-exp of ObjC pointer types before a
4987/// warning is issued. So, its invokation is extremely rare.
4988QualType ASTContext::areCommonBaseCompatible(
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004989 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Lptr,
4990 const ObjCObjectPointerType *Rptr) {
4991 const ObjCObjectType *LHS = Lptr->getObjectType();
4992 const ObjCObjectType *RHS = Rptr->getObjectType();
4993 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* LDecl = LHS->getInterface();
4994 const ObjCInterfaceDecl* RDecl = RHS->getInterface();
Fariborz Jahanianb1071432011-04-18 21:16:59 +00004995 if (!LDecl || !RDecl || (LDecl == RDecl))
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00004996 return QualType();
4997
Fariborz Jahanianb1071432011-04-18 21:16:59 +00004998 do {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00004999 LHS = cast<ObjCInterfaceType>(getObjCInterfaceType(LDecl));
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005000 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS, RHS)) {
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005001 llvm::SmallVector<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> Protocols;
5002 getIntersectionOfProtocols(*this, Lptr, Rptr, Protocols);
5003
5004 QualType Result = QualType(LHS, 0);
5005 if (!Protocols.empty())
5006 Result = getObjCObjectType(Result, Protocols.data(), Protocols.size());
5007 Result = getObjCObjectPointerType(Result);
5008 return Result;
Fariborz Jahanian6c5a8e22009-10-30 01:13:23 +00005009 }
Fariborz Jahanianb1071432011-04-18 21:16:59 +00005010 } while ((LDecl = LDecl->getSuperClass()));
Fariborz Jahanianef8b8ce2009-10-27 23:02:38 +00005011
5012 return QualType();
5013}
5014
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005015bool ASTContext::canAssignObjCInterfaces(const ObjCObjectType *LHS,
5016 const ObjCObjectType *RHS) {
5017 assert(LHS->getInterface() && "LHS is not an interface type");
5018 assert(RHS->getInterface() && "RHS is not an interface type");
5019
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005020 // Verify that the base decls are compatible: the RHS must be a subclass of
5021 // the LHS.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005022 if (!LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface()))
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005023 return false;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005024
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005025 // RHS must have a superset of the protocols in the LHS. If the LHS is not
5026 // protocol qualified at all, then we are good.
Steve Naroffc277ad12009-07-18 15:33:26 +00005027 if (LHS->getNumProtocols() == 0)
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005028 return true;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005029
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005030 // Okay, we know the LHS has protocol qualifiers. If the RHS doesn't,
5031 // more detailed analysis is required.
5032 if (RHS->getNumProtocols() == 0) {
5033 // OK, if LHS is a superclass of RHS *and*
5034 // this superclass is assignment compatible with LHS.
5035 // false otherwise.
Fariborz Jahanian240400b2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00005036 bool IsSuperClass =
5037 LHS->getInterface()->isSuperClassOf(RHS->getInterface());
5038 if (IsSuperClass) {
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005039 // OK if conversion of LHS to SuperClass results in narrowing of types
5040 // ; i.e., SuperClass may implement at least one of the protocols
5041 // in LHS's protocol list. Example, SuperObj<P1> = lhs<P1,P2> is ok.
5042 // But not SuperObj<P1,P2,P3> = lhs<P1,P2>.
5043 llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl *, 8> SuperClassInheritedProtocols;
Fariborz Jahanian240400b2011-04-12 16:34:14 +00005044 CollectInheritedProtocols(RHS->getInterface(), SuperClassInheritedProtocols);
Fariborz Jahanian4806ff82011-04-08 18:25:29 +00005045 // If super class has no protocols, it is not a match.
5046 if (SuperClassInheritedProtocols.empty())
5047 return false;
5048
5049 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
5050 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
5051 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
5052 bool SuperImplementsProtocol = false;
5053 ObjCProtocolDecl *LHSProto = (*LHSPI);
5054
5055 for (llvm::SmallPtrSet<ObjCProtocolDecl*,8>::iterator I =
5056 SuperClassInheritedProtocols.begin(),
5057 E = SuperClassInheritedProtocols.end(); I != E; ++I) {
5058 ObjCProtocolDecl *SuperClassProto = (*I);
5059 if (SuperClassProto->lookupProtocolNamed(LHSProto->getIdentifier())) {
5060 SuperImplementsProtocol = true;
5061 break;
5062 }
5063 }
5064 if (!SuperImplementsProtocol)
5065 return false;
5066 }
5067 return true;
5068 }
5069 return false;
5070 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005071
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005072 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator LHSPI = LHS->qual_begin(),
5073 LHSPE = LHS->qual_end();
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005074 LHSPI != LHSPE; LHSPI++) {
5075 bool RHSImplementsProtocol = false;
5076
5077 // If the RHS doesn't implement the protocol on the left, the types
5078 // are incompatible.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005079 for (ObjCObjectType::qual_iterator RHSPI = RHS->qual_begin(),
5080 RHSPE = RHS->qual_end();
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00005081 RHSPI != RHSPE; RHSPI++) {
5082 if ((*RHSPI)->lookupProtocolNamed((*LHSPI)->getIdentifier())) {
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005083 RHSImplementsProtocol = true;
Steve Narofffac5bc92009-07-16 16:21:02 +00005084 break;
5085 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005086 }
5087 // FIXME: For better diagnostics, consider passing back the protocol name.
5088 if (!RHSImplementsProtocol)
5089 return false;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005090 }
Steve Naroff114aecb2009-03-01 16:12:44 +00005091 // The RHS implements all protocols listed on the LHS.
5092 return true;
Chris Lattner49af6a42008-04-07 06:51:04 +00005093}
5094
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005095bool ASTContext::areComparableObjCPointerTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5096 // get the "pointed to" types
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005097 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
5098 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005099
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005100 if (!LHSOPT || !RHSOPT)
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005101 return false;
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005102
5103 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT) ||
5104 canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT);
Steve Naroffb7605152009-02-12 17:52:19 +00005105}
5106
Douglas Gregor8b2d2fe2010-08-07 11:51:51 +00005107bool ASTContext::canBindObjCObjectType(QualType To, QualType From) {
5108 return canAssignObjCInterfaces(
5109 getObjCObjectPointerType(To)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5110 getObjCObjectPointerType(From)->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>());
5111}
5112
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005113/// typesAreCompatible - C99 6.7.3p9: For two qualified types to be compatible,
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005114/// both shall have the identically qualified version of a compatible type.
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005115/// C99 6.2.7p1: Two types have compatible types if their types are the
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005116/// same. See 6.7.[2,3,5] for additional rules.
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005117bool ASTContext::typesAreCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
5118 bool CompareUnqualified) {
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005119 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
5120 return hasSameType(LHS, RHS);
5121
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005122 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, false, CompareUnqualified).isNull();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005123}
5124
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005125bool ASTContext::typesAreBlockPointerCompatible(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5126 return !mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true).isNull();
5127}
5128
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005129/// mergeTransparentUnionType - if T is a transparent union type and a member
5130/// of T is compatible with SubType, return the merged type, else return
5131/// QualType()
5132QualType ASTContext::mergeTransparentUnionType(QualType T, QualType SubType,
5133 bool OfBlockPointer,
5134 bool Unqualified) {
5135 if (const RecordType *UT = T->getAsUnionType()) {
5136 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
5137 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
5138 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
5139 itend = UD->field_end(); it != itend; ++it) {
Peter Collingbourne19b961d2010-12-02 21:00:06 +00005140 QualType ET = it->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005141 QualType MT = mergeTypes(ET, SubType, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
5142 if (!MT.isNull())
5143 return MT;
5144 }
5145 }
5146 }
5147
5148 return QualType();
5149}
5150
5151/// mergeFunctionArgumentTypes - merge two types which appear as function
5152/// argument types
5153QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
5154 bool OfBlockPointer,
5155 bool Unqualified) {
5156 // GNU extension: two types are compatible if they appear as a function
5157 // argument, one of the types is a transparent union type and the other
5158 // type is compatible with a union member
5159 QualType lmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer,
5160 Unqualified);
5161 if (!lmerge.isNull())
5162 return lmerge;
5163
5164 QualType rmerge = mergeTransparentUnionType(rhs, lhs, OfBlockPointer,
5165 Unqualified);
5166 if (!rmerge.isNull())
5167 return rmerge;
5168
5169 return mergeTypes(lhs, rhs, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
5170}
5171
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005172QualType ASTContext::mergeFunctionTypes(QualType lhs, QualType rhs,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005173 bool OfBlockPointer,
5174 bool Unqualified) {
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005175 const FunctionType *lbase = lhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
5176 const FunctionType *rbase = rhs->getAs<FunctionType>();
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005177 const FunctionProtoType *lproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(lbase);
5178 const FunctionProtoType *rproto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(rbase);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005179 bool allLTypes = true;
5180 bool allRTypes = true;
5181
5182 // Check return type
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005183 QualType retType;
Fariborz Jahanian17825972011-02-11 18:46:17 +00005184 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5185 QualType RHS = rbase->getResultType();
5186 QualType LHS = lbase->getResultType();
5187 bool UnqualifiedResult = Unqualified;
5188 if (!UnqualifiedResult)
5189 UnqualifiedResult = (!RHS.hasQualifiers() && LHS.hasQualifiers());
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005190 retType = mergeTypes(LHS, RHS, true, UnqualifiedResult, true);
Fariborz Jahanian17825972011-02-11 18:46:17 +00005191 }
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005192 else
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005193 retType = mergeTypes(lbase->getResultType(), rbase->getResultType(), false,
5194 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005195 if (retType.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005196
5197 if (Unqualified)
5198 retType = retType.getUnqualifiedType();
5199
5200 CanQualType LRetType = getCanonicalType(lbase->getResultType());
5201 CanQualType RRetType = getCanonicalType(rbase->getResultType());
5202 if (Unqualified) {
5203 LRetType = LRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
5204 RRetType = RRetType.getUnqualifiedType();
5205 }
5206
5207 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != LRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005208 allLTypes = false;
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005209 if (getCanonicalType(retType) != RRetType)
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005210 allRTypes = false;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005211
Daniel Dunbaredd5bae2010-04-28 16:20:58 +00005212 // FIXME: double check this
5213 // FIXME: should we error if lbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
5214 // rbase->getRegParmAttr() != 0 &&
5215 // lbase->getRegParmAttr() != rbase->getRegParmAttr()?
Rafael Espindolac50c27c2010-03-30 20:24:48 +00005216 FunctionType::ExtInfo lbaseInfo = lbase->getExtInfo();
5217 FunctionType::ExtInfo rbaseInfo = rbase->getExtInfo();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005218
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00005219 // Compatible functions must have compatible calling conventions
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005220 if (!isSameCallConv(lbaseInfo.getCC(), rbaseInfo.getCC()))
Douglas Gregor8c940862010-01-18 17:14:39 +00005221 return QualType();
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005222
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005223 // Regparm is part of the calling convention.
Eli Friedmanc5b20b52011-04-09 08:18:08 +00005224 if (lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getHasRegParm())
5225 return QualType();
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005226 if (lbaseInfo.getRegParm() != rbaseInfo.getRegParm())
5227 return QualType();
5228
5229 // It's noreturn if either type is.
5230 // FIXME: some uses, e.g. conditional exprs, really want this to be 'both'.
5231 bool NoReturn = lbaseInfo.getNoReturn() || rbaseInfo.getNoReturn();
5232 if (NoReturn != lbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
5233 allLTypes = false;
5234 if (NoReturn != rbaseInfo.getNoReturn())
5235 allRTypes = false;
5236
5237 FunctionType::ExtInfo einfo(NoReturn,
Eli Friedmanc5b20b52011-04-09 08:18:08 +00005238 lbaseInfo.getHasRegParm(),
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005239 lbaseInfo.getRegParm(),
5240 lbaseInfo.getCC());
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005241
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005242 if (lproto && rproto) { // two C99 style function prototypes
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00005243 assert(!lproto->hasExceptionSpec() && !rproto->hasExceptionSpec() &&
5244 "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005245 unsigned lproto_nargs = lproto->getNumArgs();
5246 unsigned rproto_nargs = rproto->getNumArgs();
5247
5248 // Compatible functions must have the same number of arguments
5249 if (lproto_nargs != rproto_nargs)
5250 return QualType();
5251
5252 // Variadic and non-variadic functions aren't compatible
5253 if (lproto->isVariadic() != rproto->isVariadic())
5254 return QualType();
5255
Argyrios Kyrtzidis22a37352008-10-26 16:43:14 +00005256 if (lproto->getTypeQuals() != rproto->getTypeQuals())
5257 return QualType();
5258
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005259 // Check argument compatibility
5260 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 10> types;
5261 for (unsigned i = 0; i < lproto_nargs; i++) {
5262 QualType largtype = lproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
5263 QualType rargtype = rproto->getArgType(i).getUnqualifiedType();
Peter Collingbournea99fdcf2010-10-24 18:30:18 +00005264 QualType argtype = mergeFunctionArgumentTypes(largtype, rargtype,
5265 OfBlockPointer,
5266 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005267 if (argtype.isNull()) return QualType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005268
5269 if (Unqualified)
5270 argtype = argtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5271
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005272 types.push_back(argtype);
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005273 if (Unqualified) {
5274 largtype = largtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5275 rargtype = rargtype.getUnqualifiedType();
5276 }
5277
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005278 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(largtype))
5279 allLTypes = false;
5280 if (getCanonicalType(argtype) != getCanonicalType(rargtype))
5281 allRTypes = false;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005282 }
5283 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5284 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005285
5286 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = lproto->getExtProtoInfo();
5287 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
5288 return getFunctionType(retType, types.begin(), types.size(), EPI);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005289 }
5290
5291 if (lproto) allRTypes = false;
5292 if (rproto) allLTypes = false;
5293
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005294 const FunctionProtoType *proto = lproto ? lproto : rproto;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005295 if (proto) {
Sebastian Redl5068f77ac2009-05-27 22:11:52 +00005296 assert(!proto->hasExceptionSpec() && "C++ shouldn't be here");
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005297 if (proto->isVariadic()) return QualType();
5298 // Check that the types are compatible with the types that
5299 // would result from default argument promotions (C99 6.7.5.3p15).
5300 // The only types actually affected are promotable integer
5301 // types and floats, which would be passed as a different
5302 // type depending on whether the prototype is visible.
5303 unsigned proto_nargs = proto->getNumArgs();
5304 for (unsigned i = 0; i < proto_nargs; ++i) {
5305 QualType argTy = proto->getArgType(i);
Douglas Gregor2973d402010-02-03 19:27:29 +00005306
5307 // Look at the promotion type of enum types, since that is the type used
5308 // to pass enum values.
5309 if (const EnumType *Enum = argTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5310 argTy = Enum->getDecl()->getPromotionType();
5311
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005312 if (argTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ||
5313 getCanonicalType(argTy).getUnqualifiedType() == FloatTy)
5314 return QualType();
5315 }
5316
5317 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5318 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005319
5320 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = proto->getExtProtoInfo();
5321 EPI.ExtInfo = einfo;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005322 return getFunctionType(retType, proto->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005323 proto->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005324 }
5325
5326 if (allLTypes) return lhs;
5327 if (allRTypes) return rhs;
John McCall8c6b56f2010-12-15 01:06:38 +00005328 return getFunctionNoProtoType(retType, einfo);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005329}
5330
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005331QualType ASTContext::mergeTypes(QualType LHS, QualType RHS,
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005332 bool OfBlockPointer,
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005333 bool Unqualified, bool BlockReturnType) {
Bill Wendlingdb4e3492007-12-03 07:33:35 +00005334 // C++ [expr]: If an expression initially has the type "reference to T", the
5335 // type is adjusted to "T" prior to any further analysis, the expression
5336 // designates the object or function denoted by the reference, and the
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005337 // expression is an lvalue unless the reference is an rvalue reference and
5338 // the expression is a function call (possibly inside parentheses).
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005339 assert(!LHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "LHS is a reference type?");
5340 assert(!RHS->getAs<ReferenceType>() && "RHS is a reference type?");
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005341
5342 if (Unqualified) {
5343 LHS = LHS.getUnqualifiedType();
5344 RHS = RHS.getUnqualifiedType();
5345 }
Douglas Gregor21e771e2010-02-03 21:02:30 +00005346
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005347 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5348 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5349
5350 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5351 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5352 return LHS;
5353
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005354 // If the qualifiers are different, the types aren't compatible... mostly.
Douglas Gregor1b8fe5b72009-11-16 21:35:15 +00005355 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5356 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005357 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5358 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type
5359 // mismatch.
5360 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5361 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5362 return QualType();
5363
5364 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5365 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5366 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5367 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5368 // qualified __strong.
5369 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5370 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5371 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5372
5373 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5374 return QualType();
5375
5376 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5377 return mergeTypes(LHS, getObjCGCQualType(RHS, Qualifiers::Strong));
5378 }
5379 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong && LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5380 return mergeTypes(getObjCGCQualType(LHS, Qualifiers::Strong), RHS);
5381 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005382 return QualType();
John McCall8ccfcb52009-09-24 19:53:00 +00005383 }
5384
5385 // Okay, qualifiers are equal.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005386
Eli Friedmandcca6332009-06-01 01:22:52 +00005387 Type::TypeClass LHSClass = LHSCan->getTypeClass();
5388 Type::TypeClass RHSClass = RHSCan->getTypeClass();
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005389
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005390 // We want to consider the two function types to be the same for these
5391 // comparisons, just force one to the other.
5392 if (LHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) LHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
5393 if (RHSClass == Type::FunctionProto) RHSClass = Type::FunctionNoProto;
Eli Friedman16f90962008-02-12 08:23:06 +00005394
5395 // Same as above for arrays
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005396 if (LHSClass == Type::VariableArray || LHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5397 LHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
5398 if (RHSClass == Type::VariableArray || RHSClass == Type::IncompleteArray)
5399 RHSClass = Type::ConstantArray;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005400
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005401 // ObjCInterfaces are just specialized ObjCObjects.
5402 if (LHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) LHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5403 if (RHSClass == Type::ObjCInterface) RHSClass = Type::ObjCObject;
5404
Nate Begemance4d7fc2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00005405 // Canonicalize ExtVector -> Vector.
5406 if (LHSClass == Type::ExtVector) LHSClass = Type::Vector;
5407 if (RHSClass == Type::ExtVector) RHSClass = Type::Vector;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005408
Chris Lattner95554662008-04-07 05:43:21 +00005409 // If the canonical type classes don't match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005410 if (LHSClass != RHSClass) {
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005411 // C99 6.7.2.2p4: Each enumerated type shall be compatible with char,
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005412 // a signed integer type, or an unsigned integer type.
John McCall56774992009-12-09 09:09:27 +00005413 // Compatibility is based on the underlying type, not the promotion
5414 // type.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005415 if (const EnumType* ETy = LHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005416 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == RHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5417 return RHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005418 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005419 if (const EnumType* ETy = RHS->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005420 if (ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType() == LHSCan.getUnqualifiedType())
5421 return LHS;
Eli Friedmana7bf7ed2008-02-12 08:46:17 +00005422 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005423
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005424 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005425 }
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005426
Steve Naroffc6edcbd2008-01-09 22:43:08 +00005427 // The canonical type classes match.
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005428 switch (LHSClass) {
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005429#define TYPE(Class, Base)
5430#define ABSTRACT_TYPE(Class, Base)
John McCallbd8d9bd2010-03-01 23:49:17 +00005431#define NON_CANONICAL_UNLESS_DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005432#define NON_CANONICAL_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5433#define DEPENDENT_TYPE(Class, Base) case Type::Class:
5434#include "clang/AST/TypeNodes.def"
5435 assert(false && "Non-canonical and dependent types shouldn't get here");
5436 return QualType();
5437
Sebastian Redl0f8b23f2009-03-16 23:22:08 +00005438 case Type::LValueReference:
5439 case Type::RValueReference:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005440 case Type::MemberPointer:
5441 assert(false && "C++ should never be in mergeTypes");
5442 return QualType();
5443
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005444 case Type::ObjCInterface:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005445 case Type::IncompleteArray:
5446 case Type::VariableArray:
5447 case Type::FunctionProto:
5448 case Type::ExtVector:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005449 assert(false && "Types are eliminated above");
5450 return QualType();
5451
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005452 case Type::Pointer:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005453 {
5454 // Merge two pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005455 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5456 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005457 if (Unqualified) {
5458 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5459 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5460 }
5461 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, false,
5462 Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005463 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005464 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005465 return LHS;
Eli Friedman091a9ac2009-06-02 05:28:56 +00005466 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005467 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005468 return getPointerType(ResultType);
5469 }
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005470 case Type::BlockPointer:
5471 {
5472 // Merge two block pointer types, while trying to preserve typedef info
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005473 QualType LHSPointee = LHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5474 QualType RHSPointee = RHS->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005475 if (Unqualified) {
5476 LHSPointee = LHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5477 RHSPointee = RHSPointee.getUnqualifiedType();
5478 }
5479 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSPointee, RHSPointee, OfBlockPointer,
5480 Unqualified);
Steve Naroff68e167d2008-12-10 17:49:55 +00005481 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
5482 if (getCanonicalType(LHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5483 return LHS;
5484 if (getCanonicalType(RHSPointee) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5485 return RHS;
5486 return getBlockPointerType(ResultType);
5487 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005488 case Type::ConstantArray:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005489 {
5490 const ConstantArrayType* LCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(LHS);
5491 const ConstantArrayType* RCAT = getAsConstantArrayType(RHS);
5492 if (LCAT && RCAT && RCAT->getSize() != LCAT->getSize())
5493 return QualType();
5494
5495 QualType LHSElem = getAsArrayType(LHS)->getElementType();
5496 QualType RHSElem = getAsArrayType(RHS)->getElementType();
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005497 if (Unqualified) {
5498 LHSElem = LHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5499 RHSElem = RHSElem.getUnqualifiedType();
5500 }
5501
5502 QualType ResultType = mergeTypes(LHSElem, RHSElem, false, Unqualified);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005503 if (ResultType.isNull()) return QualType();
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005504 if (LCAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5505 return LHS;
5506 if (RCAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5507 return RHS;
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005508 if (LCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, LCAT->getSize(),
5509 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
5510 if (RCAT) return getConstantArrayType(ResultType, RCAT->getSize(),
5511 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005512 const VariableArrayType* LVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(LHS);
5513 const VariableArrayType* RVAT = getAsVariableArrayType(RHS);
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005514 if (LVAT && getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5515 return LHS;
5516 if (RVAT && getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType))
5517 return RHS;
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005518 if (LVAT) {
5519 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5520 // the array's size has to be the size of LHS, but the type
5521 // has to be different.
5522 return LHS;
5523 }
5524 if (RVAT) {
5525 // FIXME: This isn't correct! But tricky to implement because
5526 // the array's size has to be the size of RHS, but the type
5527 // has to be different.
5528 return RHS;
5529 }
Eli Friedman3e62c212008-08-22 01:48:21 +00005530 if (getCanonicalType(LHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return LHS;
5531 if (getCanonicalType(RHSElem) == getCanonicalType(ResultType)) return RHS;
Douglas Gregor04318252009-07-06 15:59:29 +00005532 return getIncompleteArrayType(ResultType,
5533 ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier(), 0);
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005534 }
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005535 case Type::FunctionNoProto:
Douglas Gregor17ea3f52010-07-29 15:18:02 +00005536 return mergeFunctionTypes(LHS, RHS, OfBlockPointer, Unqualified);
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005537 case Type::Record:
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005538 case Type::Enum:
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005539 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerfd652912008-01-14 05:45:46 +00005540 case Type::Builtin:
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005541 // Only exactly equal builtin types are compatible, which is tested above.
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005542 return QualType();
Daniel Dunbar804c0442009-01-28 21:22:12 +00005543 case Type::Complex:
5544 // Distinct complex types are incompatible.
5545 return QualType();
Chris Lattner7bbd3d72008-04-07 05:55:38 +00005546 case Type::Vector:
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005547 // FIXME: The merged type should be an ExtVector!
John McCall44c064b2010-03-12 23:14:13 +00005548 if (areCompatVectorTypes(LHSCan->getAs<VectorType>(),
5549 RHSCan->getAs<VectorType>()))
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005550 return LHS;
Chris Lattner465fa322008-10-05 17:34:18 +00005551 return QualType();
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005552 case Type::ObjCObject: {
5553 // Check if the types are assignment compatible.
Eli Friedmancad96382009-02-27 23:04:43 +00005554 // FIXME: This should be type compatibility, e.g. whether
5555 // "LHS x; RHS x;" at global scope is legal.
John McCall8b07ec22010-05-15 11:32:37 +00005556 const ObjCObjectType* LHSIface = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5557 const ObjCObjectType* RHSIface = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectType>();
5558 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSIface, RHSIface))
Steve Naroff7a7814c2009-02-21 16:18:07 +00005559 return LHS;
5560
Eli Friedman47f77112008-08-22 00:56:42 +00005561 return QualType();
Cedric Venet4fc88b72009-02-21 17:14:49 +00005562 }
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005563 case Type::ObjCObjectPointer: {
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005564 if (OfBlockPointer) {
5565 if (canAssignObjCInterfacesInBlockPointer(
5566 LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
Fariborz Jahanian90186f82011-03-14 16:07:00 +00005567 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5568 BlockReturnType))
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005569 return LHS;
5570 return QualType();
5571 }
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005572 if (canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>(),
5573 RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()))
Steve Naroff7cae42b2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00005574 return LHS;
5575
Steve Naroffc68cfcf2008-12-10 22:14:21 +00005576 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanianb8b0ea32010-03-17 00:20:01 +00005577 }
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005578 }
Douglas Gregordeaad8c2009-02-26 23:50:07 +00005579
5580 return QualType();
Steve Naroff32e44c02007-10-15 20:41:53 +00005581}
Ted Kremenekfc581a92007-10-31 17:10:13 +00005582
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005583/// mergeObjCGCQualifiers - This routine merges ObjC's GC attribute of 'LHS' and
5584/// 'RHS' attributes and returns the merged version; including for function
5585/// return types.
5586QualType ASTContext::mergeObjCGCQualifiers(QualType LHS, QualType RHS) {
5587 QualType LHSCan = getCanonicalType(LHS),
5588 RHSCan = getCanonicalType(RHS);
5589 // If two types are identical, they are compatible.
5590 if (LHSCan == RHSCan)
5591 return LHS;
5592 if (RHSCan->isFunctionType()) {
5593 if (!LHSCan->isFunctionType())
5594 return QualType();
5595 QualType OldReturnType =
5596 cast<FunctionType>(RHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5597 QualType NewReturnType =
5598 cast<FunctionType>(LHSCan.getTypePtr())->getResultType();
5599 QualType ResReturnType =
5600 mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewReturnType, OldReturnType);
5601 if (ResReturnType.isNull())
5602 return QualType();
5603 if (ResReturnType == NewReturnType || ResReturnType == OldReturnType) {
5604 // id foo(); ... __strong id foo(); or: __strong id foo(); ... id foo();
5605 // In either case, use OldReturnType to build the new function type.
5606 const FunctionType *F = LHS->getAs<FunctionType>();
5607 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = cast<FunctionProtoType>(F)) {
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005608 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
5609 EPI.ExtInfo = getFunctionExtInfo(LHS);
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005610 QualType ResultType
5611 = getFunctionType(OldReturnType, FPT->arg_type_begin(),
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005612 FPT->getNumArgs(), EPI);
Fariborz Jahanianf633ebd2010-05-19 21:37:30 +00005613 return ResultType;
5614 }
5615 }
5616 return QualType();
5617 }
5618
5619 // If the qualifiers are different, the types can still be merged.
5620 Qualifiers LQuals = LHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5621 Qualifiers RQuals = RHSCan.getLocalQualifiers();
5622 if (LQuals != RQuals) {
5623 // If any of these qualifiers are different, we have a type mismatch.
5624 if (LQuals.getCVRQualifiers() != RQuals.getCVRQualifiers() ||
5625 LQuals.getAddressSpace() != RQuals.getAddressSpace())
5626 return QualType();
5627
5628 // Exactly one GC qualifier difference is allowed: __strong is
5629 // okay if the other type has no GC qualifier but is an Objective
5630 // C object pointer (i.e. implicitly strong by default). We fix
5631 // this by pretending that the unqualified type was actually
5632 // qualified __strong.
5633 Qualifiers::GC GC_L = LQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5634 Qualifiers::GC GC_R = RQuals.getObjCGCAttr();
5635 assert((GC_L != GC_R) && "unequal qualifier sets had only equal elements");
5636
5637 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Weak || GC_R == Qualifiers::Weak)
5638 return QualType();
5639
5640 if (GC_L == Qualifiers::Strong)
5641 return LHS;
5642 if (GC_R == Qualifiers::Strong)
5643 return RHS;
5644 return QualType();
5645 }
5646
5647 if (LHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSCan->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
5648 QualType LHSBaseQT = LHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5649 QualType RHSBaseQT = RHS->getAs<ObjCObjectPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
5650 QualType ResQT = mergeObjCGCQualifiers(LHSBaseQT, RHSBaseQT);
5651 if (ResQT == LHSBaseQT)
5652 return LHS;
5653 if (ResQT == RHSBaseQT)
5654 return RHS;
5655 }
5656 return QualType();
5657}
5658
Chris Lattner4ba0cef2008-04-07 07:01:58 +00005659//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005660// Integer Predicates
5661//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Chris Lattner3c919712009-01-16 07:15:35 +00005662
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005663unsigned ASTContext::getIntWidth(QualType T) const {
John McCall424cec92011-01-19 06:33:43 +00005664 if (const EnumType *ET = dyn_cast<EnumType>(T))
Eli Friedmanee275c82009-12-10 22:29:29 +00005665 T = ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregor0bf31402010-10-08 23:50:27 +00005666 if (T->isBooleanType())
5667 return 1;
Eli Friedman1efaaea2009-02-13 02:31:07 +00005668 // For builtin types, just use the standard type sizing method
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005669 return (unsigned)getTypeSize(T);
5670}
5671
5672QualType ASTContext::getCorrespondingUnsignedType(QualType T) {
Douglas Gregor5cc2c8b2010-07-23 15:58:24 +00005673 assert(T->hasSignedIntegerRepresentation() && "Unexpected type");
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005674
5675 // Turn <4 x signed int> -> <4 x unsigned int>
5676 if (const VectorType *VTy = T->getAs<VectorType>())
5677 return getVectorType(getCorrespondingUnsignedType(VTy->getElementType()),
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005678 VTy->getNumElements(), VTy->getVectorKind());
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005679
5680 // For enums, we return the unsigned version of the base type.
5681 if (const EnumType *ETy = T->getAs<EnumType>())
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005682 T = ETy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Chris Lattnerec3a1562009-10-17 20:33:28 +00005683
5684 const BuiltinType *BTy = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
5685 assert(BTy && "Unexpected signed integer type");
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005686 switch (BTy->getKind()) {
5687 case BuiltinType::Char_S:
5688 case BuiltinType::SChar:
5689 return UnsignedCharTy;
5690 case BuiltinType::Short:
5691 return UnsignedShortTy;
5692 case BuiltinType::Int:
5693 return UnsignedIntTy;
5694 case BuiltinType::Long:
5695 return UnsignedLongTy;
5696 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
5697 return UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattnerf122cef2009-04-30 02:43:43 +00005698 case BuiltinType::Int128:
5699 return UnsignedInt128Ty;
Eli Friedman4f89ccb2008-06-28 06:23:08 +00005700 default:
5701 assert(0 && "Unexpected signed integer type");
5702 return QualType();
5703 }
5704}
5705
Argyrios Kyrtzidis65ad5692010-10-24 17:26:36 +00005706ASTMutationListener::~ASTMutationListener() { }
5707
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005708
5709//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5710// Builtin Type Computation
5711//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5712
5713/// DecodeTypeFromStr - This decodes one type descriptor from Str, advancing the
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005714/// pointer over the consumed characters. This returns the resultant type. If
5715/// AllowTypeModifiers is false then modifier like * are not parsed, just basic
5716/// types. This allows "v2i*" to be parsed as a pointer to a v2i instead of
5717/// a vector of "i*".
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005718///
5719/// RequiresICE is filled in on return to indicate whether the value is required
5720/// to be an Integer Constant Expression.
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005721static QualType DecodeTypeFromStr(const char *&Str, const ASTContext &Context,
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005722 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005723 bool &RequiresICE,
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005724 bool AllowTypeModifiers) {
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005725 // Modifiers.
5726 int HowLong = 0;
5727 bool Signed = false, Unsigned = false;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005728 RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005729
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005730 // Read the prefixed modifiers first.
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005731 bool Done = false;
5732 while (!Done) {
5733 switch (*Str++) {
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005734 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005735 case 'I':
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005736 RequiresICE = true;
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005737 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005738 case 'S':
5739 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5740 assert(!Signed && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5741 Signed = true;
5742 break;
5743 case 'U':
5744 assert(!Signed && "Can't use both 'S' and 'U' modifiers!");
5745 assert(!Unsigned && "Can't use 'S' modifier multiple times!");
5746 Unsigned = true;
5747 break;
5748 case 'L':
5749 assert(HowLong <= 2 && "Can't have LLLL modifier");
5750 ++HowLong;
5751 break;
5752 }
5753 }
5754
5755 QualType Type;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005756
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005757 // Read the base type.
5758 switch (*Str++) {
5759 default: assert(0 && "Unknown builtin type letter!");
5760 case 'v':
5761 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5762 "Bad modifiers used with 'v'!");
5763 Type = Context.VoidTy;
5764 break;
5765 case 'f':
5766 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5767 "Bad modifiers used with 'f'!");
5768 Type = Context.FloatTy;
5769 break;
5770 case 'd':
5771 assert(HowLong < 2 && !Signed && !Unsigned &&
5772 "Bad modifiers used with 'd'!");
5773 if (HowLong)
5774 Type = Context.LongDoubleTy;
5775 else
5776 Type = Context.DoubleTy;
5777 break;
5778 case 's':
5779 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 's'!");
5780 if (Unsigned)
5781 Type = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
5782 else
5783 Type = Context.ShortTy;
5784 break;
5785 case 'i':
5786 if (HowLong == 3)
5787 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedInt128Ty : Context.Int128Ty;
5788 else if (HowLong == 2)
5789 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
5790 else if (HowLong == 1)
5791 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
5792 else
5793 Type = Unsigned ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
5794 break;
5795 case 'c':
5796 assert(HowLong == 0 && "Bad modifiers used with 'c'!");
5797 if (Signed)
5798 Type = Context.SignedCharTy;
5799 else if (Unsigned)
5800 Type = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
5801 else
5802 Type = Context.CharTy;
5803 break;
5804 case 'b': // boolean
5805 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'b'!");
5806 Type = Context.BoolTy;
5807 break;
5808 case 'z': // size_t.
5809 assert(HowLong == 0 && !Signed && !Unsigned && "Bad modifiers for 'z'!");
5810 Type = Context.getSizeType();
5811 break;
5812 case 'F':
5813 Type = Context.getCFConstantStringType();
5814 break;
Fariborz Jahaniand11da7e2010-11-09 21:38:20 +00005815 case 'G':
5816 Type = Context.getObjCIdType();
5817 break;
5818 case 'H':
5819 Type = Context.getObjCSelType();
5820 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005821 case 'a':
5822 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5823 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
5824 break;
5825 case 'A':
5826 // This is a "reference" to a va_list; however, what exactly
5827 // this means depends on how va_list is defined. There are two
5828 // different kinds of va_list: ones passed by value, and ones
5829 // passed by reference. An example of a by-value va_list is
5830 // x86, where va_list is a char*. An example of by-ref va_list
5831 // is x86-64, where va_list is a __va_list_tag[1]. For x86,
5832 // we want this argument to be a char*&; for x86-64, we want
5833 // it to be a __va_list_tag*.
5834 Type = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
5835 assert(!Type.isNull() && "builtin va list type not initialized!");
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005836 if (Type->isArrayType())
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005837 Type = Context.getArrayDecayedType(Type);
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005838 else
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005839 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005840 break;
5841 case 'V': {
5842 char *End;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005843 unsigned NumElements = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5844 assert(End != Str && "Missing vector size");
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005845 Str = End;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005846
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005847 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error,
5848 RequiresICE, false);
5849 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require vector ICE");
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005850
5851 // TODO: No way to make AltiVec vectors in builtins yet.
Chris Lattner37141f42010-06-23 06:00:24 +00005852 Type = Context.getVectorType(ElementType, NumElements,
Bob Wilsonaeb56442010-11-10 21:56:12 +00005853 VectorType::GenericVector);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005854 break;
5855 }
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005856 case 'X': {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005857 QualType ElementType = DecodeTypeFromStr(Str, Context, Error, RequiresICE,
5858 false);
5859 assert(!RequiresICE && "Can't require complex ICE");
Douglas Gregor40ef7c52009-09-28 21:45:01 +00005860 Type = Context.getComplexType(ElementType);
5861 break;
5862 }
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005863 case 'P':
Douglas Gregor27821ce2009-07-07 16:35:42 +00005864 Type = Context.getFILEType();
5865 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005866 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005867 return QualType();
5868 }
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005869 break;
Chris Lattnera58b3af2009-07-28 22:49:34 +00005870 case 'J':
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005871 if (Signed)
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005872 Type = Context.getsigjmp_bufType();
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005873 else
5874 Type = Context.getjmp_bufType();
5875
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005876 if (Type.isNull()) {
Mike Stump93246cc2009-07-28 23:57:15 +00005877 Error = ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp;
Mike Stump2adb4da2009-07-28 23:47:15 +00005878 return QualType();
5879 }
5880 break;
Mike Stumpa4de80b2009-07-28 02:25:19 +00005881 }
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005882
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005883 // If there are modifiers and if we're allowed to parse them, go for it.
5884 Done = !AllowTypeModifiers;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005885 while (!Done) {
John McCallb8b94662010-03-12 04:21:28 +00005886 switch (char c = *Str++) {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005887 default: Done = true; --Str; break;
5888 case '*':
5889 case '&': {
5890 // Both pointers and references can have their pointee types
5891 // qualified with an address space.
5892 char *End;
5893 unsigned AddrSpace = strtoul(Str, &End, 10);
5894 if (End != Str && AddrSpace != 0) {
5895 Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, AddrSpace);
5896 Str = End;
5897 }
5898 if (c == '*')
5899 Type = Context.getPointerType(Type);
5900 else
5901 Type = Context.getLValueReferenceType(Type);
5902 break;
5903 }
5904 // FIXME: There's no way to have a built-in with an rvalue ref arg.
5905 case 'C':
5906 Type = Type.withConst();
5907 break;
5908 case 'D':
5909 Type = Context.getVolatileType(Type);
5910 break;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005911 }
5912 }
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005913
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005914 assert((!RequiresICE || Type->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) &&
Chris Lattner84733392010-10-01 07:13:18 +00005915 "Integer constant 'I' type must be an integer");
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005916
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005917 return Type;
5918}
5919
5920/// GetBuiltinType - Return the type for the specified builtin.
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005921QualType ASTContext::GetBuiltinType(unsigned Id,
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005922 GetBuiltinTypeError &Error,
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00005923 unsigned *IntegerConstantArgs) const {
Chris Lattnerdc226c22010-10-01 22:42:38 +00005924 const char *TypeStr = BuiltinInfo.GetTypeString(Id);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005925
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005926 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005927
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005928 bool RequiresICE = false;
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005929 Error = GE_None;
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005930 QualType ResType = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error,
5931 RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005932 if (Error != GE_None)
5933 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005934
5935 assert(!RequiresICE && "Result of intrinsic cannot be required to be an ICE");
5936
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005937 while (TypeStr[0] && TypeStr[0] != '.') {
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005938 QualType Ty = DecodeTypeFromStr(TypeStr, *this, Error, RequiresICE, true);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005939 if (Error != GE_None)
5940 return QualType();
5941
Chris Lattnerbd6e6932010-10-01 22:53:11 +00005942 // If this argument is required to be an IntegerConstantExpression and the
5943 // caller cares, fill in the bitmask we return.
5944 if (RequiresICE && IntegerConstantArgs)
5945 *IntegerConstantArgs |= 1 << ArgTypes.size();
5946
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005947 // Do array -> pointer decay. The builtin should use the decayed type.
5948 if (Ty->isArrayType())
5949 Ty = getArrayDecayedType(Ty);
Mike Stump11289f42009-09-09 15:08:12 +00005950
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005951 ArgTypes.push_back(Ty);
5952 }
5953
5954 assert((TypeStr[0] != '.' || TypeStr[1] == 0) &&
5955 "'.' should only occur at end of builtin type list!");
5956
John McCall991eb4b2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00005957 FunctionType::ExtInfo EI;
5958 if (BuiltinInfo.isNoReturn(Id)) EI = EI.withNoReturn(true);
5959
5960 bool Variadic = (TypeStr[0] == '.');
5961
5962 // We really shouldn't be making a no-proto type here, especially in C++.
5963 if (ArgTypes.empty() && Variadic)
5964 return getFunctionNoProtoType(ResType, EI);
Douglas Gregor36c569f2010-02-21 22:15:06 +00005965
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005966 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
John McCall991eb4b2010-12-21 00:44:39 +00005967 EPI.ExtInfo = EI;
5968 EPI.Variadic = Variadic;
John McCalldb40c7f2010-12-14 08:05:40 +00005969
5970 return getFunctionType(ResType, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(), EPI);
Chris Lattnerecd79c62009-06-14 00:45:47 +00005971}
Eli Friedman5ae98ee2009-08-19 07:44:53 +00005972
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005973GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5974 GVALinkage External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5975
5976 Linkage L = FD->getLinkage();
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00005977 switch (L) {
5978 case NoLinkage:
5979 case InternalLinkage:
5980 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
5981 return GVA_Internal;
5982
5983 case ExternalLinkage:
5984 switch (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) {
5985 case TSK_Undeclared:
5986 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
5987 External = GVA_StrongExternal;
5988 break;
5989
5990 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
5991 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
5992
5993 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
5994 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
5995 External = GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
5996 break;
5997 }
5998 }
5999
6000 if (!FD->isInlined())
6001 return External;
6002
6003 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus || FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
6004 // GNU or C99 inline semantics. Determine whether this symbol should be
6005 // externally visible.
6006 if (FD->isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible())
6007 return External;
6008
6009 // C99 inline semantics, where the symbol is not externally visible.
6010 return GVA_C99Inline;
6011 }
6012
6013 // C++0x [temp.explicit]p9:
6014 // [ Note: The intent is that an inline function that is the subject of
6015 // an explicit instantiation declaration will still be implicitly
6016 // instantiated when used so that the body can be considered for
6017 // inlining, but that no out-of-line copy of the inline function would be
6018 // generated in the translation unit. -- end note ]
6019 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind()
6020 == TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration)
6021 return GVA_C99Inline;
6022
6023 return GVA_CXXInline;
6024}
6025
6026GVALinkage ASTContext::GetGVALinkageForVariable(const VarDecl *VD) {
6027 // If this is a static data member, compute the kind of template
6028 // specialization. Otherwise, this variable is not part of a
6029 // template.
6030 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK = TSK_Undeclared;
6031 if (VD->isStaticDataMember())
6032 TSK = VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind();
6033
6034 Linkage L = VD->getLinkage();
6035 if (L == ExternalLinkage && getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
6036 VD->getType()->getLinkage() == UniqueExternalLinkage)
6037 L = UniqueExternalLinkage;
6038
6039 switch (L) {
6040 case NoLinkage:
6041 case InternalLinkage:
6042 case UniqueExternalLinkage:
6043 return GVA_Internal;
6044
6045 case ExternalLinkage:
6046 switch (TSK) {
6047 case TSK_Undeclared:
6048 case TSK_ExplicitSpecialization:
6049 return GVA_StrongExternal;
6050
6051 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDeclaration:
6052 llvm_unreachable("Variable should not be instantiated");
6053 // Fall through to treat this like any other instantiation.
6054
6055 case TSK_ExplicitInstantiationDefinition:
6056 return GVA_ExplicitTemplateInstantiation;
6057
6058 case TSK_ImplicitInstantiation:
6059 return GVA_TemplateInstantiation;
6060 }
6061 }
6062
6063 return GVA_StrongExternal;
6064}
6065
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc9049332010-07-29 20:08:05 +00006066bool ASTContext::DeclMustBeEmitted(const Decl *D) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006067 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
6068 if (!VD->isFileVarDecl())
6069 return false;
6070 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
6071 return false;
6072
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00006073 // Weak references don't produce any output by themselves.
6074 if (D->hasAttr<WeakRefAttr>())
6075 return false;
6076
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006077 // Aliases and used decls are required.
6078 if (D->hasAttr<AliasAttr>() || D->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
6079 return true;
6080
6081 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
6082 // Forward declarations aren't required.
6083 if (!FD->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
6084 return false;
6085
6086 // Constructors and destructors are required.
6087 if (FD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>() || FD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>())
6088 return true;
6089
6090 // The key function for a class is required.
6091 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6092 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = MD->getParent();
6093 if (MD->isOutOfLine() && RD->isDynamicClass()) {
6094 const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunc = getKeyFunction(RD);
6095 if (KeyFunc && KeyFunc->getCanonicalDecl() == MD->getCanonicalDecl())
6096 return true;
6097 }
6098 }
6099
6100 GVALinkage Linkage = GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD);
6101
6102 // static, static inline, always_inline, and extern inline functions can
6103 // always be deferred. Normal inline functions can be deferred in C99/C++.
6104 // Implicit template instantiations can also be deferred in C++.
6105 if (Linkage == GVA_Internal || Linkage == GVA_C99Inline ||
6106 Linkage == GVA_CXXInline || Linkage == GVA_TemplateInstantiation)
6107 return false;
6108 return true;
6109 }
6110
6111 const VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(D);
6112 assert(VD->isFileVarDecl() && "Expected file scoped var");
6113
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6e03a742010-07-29 20:07:52 +00006114 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly)
6115 return false;
6116
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006117 // Structs that have non-trivial constructors or destructors are required.
6118
6119 // FIXME: Handle references.
6120 if (const RecordType *RT = VD->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) {
6121 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl())) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1b30d9c2010-08-15 01:15:20 +00006122 if (RD->hasDefinition() &&
6123 (!RD->hasTrivialConstructor() || !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc81af032010-07-29 18:15:58 +00006124 return true;
6125 }
6126 }
6127
6128 GVALinkage L = GetGVALinkageForVariable(VD);
6129 if (L == GVA_Internal || L == GVA_TemplateInstantiation) {
6130 if (!(VD->getInit() && VD->getInit()->HasSideEffects(*this)))
6131 return false;
6132 }
6133
6134 return true;
6135}
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00006136
Charles Davis99202b32010-11-09 18:04:24 +00006137CallingConv ASTContext::getDefaultMethodCallConv() {
6138 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
6139 return ABI->getDefaultMethodCallConv();
6140}
6141
Jay Foad39c79802011-01-12 09:06:06 +00006142bool ASTContext::isNearlyEmpty(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) const {
Anders Carlsson60a62632010-11-25 01:51:53 +00006143 // Pass through to the C++ ABI object
6144 return ABI->isNearlyEmpty(RD);
6145}
6146
Peter Collingbourne0ff0b372011-01-13 18:57:25 +00006147MangleContext *ASTContext::createMangleContext() {
6148 switch (Target.getCXXABI()) {
6149 case CXXABI_ARM:
6150 case CXXABI_Itanium:
6151 return createItaniumMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
6152 case CXXABI_Microsoft:
6153 return createMicrosoftMangleContext(*this, getDiagnostics());
6154 }
6155 assert(0 && "Unsupported ABI");
6156 return 0;
6157}
6158
Charles Davis53c59df2010-08-16 03:33:14 +00006159CXXABI::~CXXABI() {}
Ted Kremenekf5df0ce2011-04-28 04:53:38 +00006160
6161size_t ASTContext::getSideTableAllocatedMemory() const {
6162 size_t bytes = 0;
6163 bytes += ASTRecordLayouts.getMemorySize();
6164 bytes += ObjCLayouts.getMemorySize();
6165 bytes += KeyFunctions.getMemorySize();
6166 bytes += ObjCImpls.getMemorySize();
6167 bytes += BlockVarCopyInits.getMemorySize();
6168 bytes += DeclAttrs.getMemorySize();
6169 bytes += InstantiatedFromStaticDataMember.getMemorySize();
6170 bytes += InstantiatedFromUsingDecl.getMemorySize();
6171 bytes += InstantiatedFromUsingShadowDecl.getMemorySize();
6172 bytes += InstantiatedFromUnnamedFieldDecl.getMemorySize();
6173 return bytes;
6174}
6175